Skip to end of metadata
Go to start of metadata

 DISA 2013 home

UNECE wikis home


 

Search DISA 2013

Browse by:

Organization

 Other years:

 About DISA

The Database of International Statistical Activities (DISA) lists the activities of over 30 statistical organizations active in the UNECE region. Updated every year, DISA is a coherent catalogue of planned work in international statistics over the coming year.  
1. Demographic and social statistics (OECD)
1. Demographic and social statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration
 Purpose

• To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

• Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, naturalisations and foreign students.

• Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series by category and publishing in the IMO and OECD.Stat. Categories for long-term flows include work, family, humanitarian, free circulation; Categories for temporary workers include students, trainees, seasonal workers, working holiday makers, intra-company transfers.

• Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

• Publication of the OECD SEM Working Paper “Are Recent Immigrants Different? A New Profile of Immigrants in the OECD (DIOC 2005/06)”.

• The current version of DIOC-E (release 3.0) covers information on 32 OECD and 68 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 3.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

• Publication "Global Profile of Diasporas. How to better mobilise migrant skills" (forthcoming)

• Collection of thematic indicators of integration of immigrants and their children for a publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

• Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC).

• Database on international migration statistics

• Standardised migration flows

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Project to disseminate quarterly statistics on labour market outcomes of immigrants.

• Develop mechanism to improve and streamline the production of the harmonised statistics.

• Publication on the indicators of integration of immigrants and their children (published end of 2012).

 Population Projections
Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Expansion of the database.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

 

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

Update the database with UN revised data for the non-member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment. Published output also includes comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union, Brazil, Russian Federation and South Africa. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

• Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS and available in OECD.stat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Organise the download of data from Eurostat

Data collection

• Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

• The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

• In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• During 2013 it is intended that the quarterly employment statistical release will be developed to include a greater analytical component.

Data collection

• Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics
Purpose

• To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor labour market developments in OECD countries, while enhancing their international comparability.

• To monitor the current jobs crisis and subsequent jobs recovery.

• To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

• To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

• Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

• Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

• Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked, minimum wages and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, broader measures of unemployment, etc.

• Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterize informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

• Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability. A data assessment report has been provided to the EC regarding the comparability of earnings data reported in the OECD Earnings Distribution database.

• Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

• Revisions of metadata as appropriate on labour market statistics on OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Unit Labour Costs
Purpose

• To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic activities (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

• In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

• At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

• The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

• The key objectives of 2012 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. Early estimates of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook 2013 and OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Major tasks in 2013 will consist in enhancing the quality of ULCs and harmonise ULCs with other products within and outside the OECD (data, methodology, etc.). Tasks will be:

- Review possibility to harmonise methodologies with other products within the OECD, e.g. productivity database; reflect on changes regarding new member countries, data, classifications into OECD ULCs.

- Investigate possibility to develop new ULC data (results can be summarised in writing if possible): Accession country, i.e. Russian Federation; Enhanced engagement countries and non-OECD G20 countries (i.e. Saudi Arabia and Argentina).

- Draft notes and overview documents on: key issues in the policy debate as concerns competitiveness (with particular view on quarterly ULC press release); areas where and ideas how the methodology of OECD ULC data can be improved (based on review of economic and statistical literature); ideas how to extend the ULC indicators to other competitiveness indicators (based on review of economic and statistical literature).

Data collection

• Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study
 Purpose

• The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor’s degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

• In 2012, the assessment instruments developed in 2011 were implemented internationally in 249 institutions from the 17 participating countries and regions. The data were then analysed by the AHELO Consortium and the first volume of the AHELO feasibility study final report was released in December 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Technically, the AHELO feasibility study has now been completed in December 2012 with the completion of AHELO contracts.

• Work in 2013 will only involve

- the preparation of the remaining volumes of the AHELO feasibility study reports

- and their discussion at a conference to be held on 12-13 March 2013 in Paris.

Education (INES activities)
Purpose

• To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs
 

• Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

- The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

- In the 2012 edition, new indicators focus on:

 

- the effect of the global recession on education expenditures;

 

- the state of early childhood education systems around the world;

 

- intergenerational mobility in higher education among different socio-economic groups;

 

- the impact of education on macroeconomic outcomes, such as GDP;

 

- the specific factors that influence the level of education spending in different countries;

 

- career expectations among boys and girls at age 15, as compared to higher education graduation rates by field;

 

- the makeup of the teaching force in different countries and training requirements to enter the teaching profession; and

 

- the impact of examinations on access to secondary and higher education.

• Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures and consolidation of tertiary indicators. The UOE data collection is under revision because of the implementation of ISCED 2011. New questionnaires will be available in May 2014.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates . A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection

• New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.

 

• Inclusion of a new questionnaire on non-teaching staff.

Data management

• None

 
Education and Social Progress
Purpose

• Education and Social Progress (ESP) project will:

 

- analyse the role cognitive and non-cognitive skills play in fostering measures of well-being and social progress in OECD countries; and

- identify how skills that matter can be better developed in formal, non-formal and informal learning environments including family, school and the community.

Objectives and outputs
 

• This project is specifically designed to treat multiplicity of skills, diverse life-outcomes and causal effects. We shed light on the multi-dimensional nature of skills by analysing batteries of non-cognitive skills as well as cognitive skills. We demonstrate the wider-benefits of skills by incorporating a variety of social outcomes in addition to education and labour market outcomes. We tackle the issue of causality by employing longitudinal data in dynamic latent factor models that assume many of the key inputs (i.e. skills and learning contexts) to be unobserved and some observed inputs to be endogenous and measured with significant errors. In this way, the ESP project will make a unique contribution to the scientific literature at the intersection of education, economics and personality psychology. The key policy messages derived from the conceptual and empirical analyses will be the main outcomes of the project. Note that this project is expected to contribute to strengthening the conceptual framework and evidence-base that underlies the OECD’s Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

 
Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality
Purpose

• To provide OECD members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity has contributed to the OECD Skills Strategy and part of the data is published on the skills.oecd.org website

Objectives and outputs

• LEED has developed a statistical diagnostic tool to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool is being applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data is being collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages and unemployment at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work has fed into the OECD Skills Strategy and the results are available at the skills.oecd.org website. The website will be updated as soon as new results are produced

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Additional tests for the identification of benchmarking groups

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)
Purpose

• The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

• The results of the 5th PISA cycle, PISA 2012, will be published in December 2013. The initial report will provide comparisons and progress reports of 15-year old students’ knowledge and skills in reading, mathematics and science (with a focus on mathematics) in the 64 countries that participated in PISA 2012, including all 34 OECD countries. In several volumes, the initial report will look at how successful countries are at moderating the impact of social background and improving equity in the distribution of learning opportunities, and how different education policies and practices shape learning outcomes. In addition, each month a short note on a specific policy-oriented topic is released in the PISA in Focus series.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Other, Panama, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovenia Former, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The main study of PISA 2012 was successfully conducted in 2012, thus preparing for the analysis and reporting of the results from December 2013 onwards in international as well as national reports. Preparation is underway for PISA 2015, which for the first time will have a computer-based assessment at its core, while maintaining measurement of trends to previous cycles and allowing for countries that are not ready for computer-based assessment to opt for a paper-based version. Preparations for an assessment of students’ collaborative problem-solving skills were initiated in 2012 and will continue in 2013 with the possibility of including the domain in the PISA 2015 survey.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

 • To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

• The main achievement for 2013 is to publish a report along with other derivative products on the PIAAC data collection conducted in 2011-2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Cyprus, Indonesia, Lithuania, Russian Federation, Singapore

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The first report on PIAAC will be republished along with other related products in October 2013.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)
Purpose

• To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work environment of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

• The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on teaching practices and innovation) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013. TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools and to perform a school-level linkage with PISA 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Malaysia, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No changes since the previous year; the programme is still in data collection mode for the main study.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Care Quality Indicators
 Purpose

• The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They have been reported regularly in a chapter in Health at a Glance publication since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

• The entire HCQI database was made available in OECD.Stat for the first time in 2011. The comparability and quality of data were improved and the database was also expanded, covering patient safety indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Cyprus, Indonesia, Latvia, Malta, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

• Health Care Quality Indicators

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations.

• The main focus is on:

• the development of patient safety and patient experience indicators, and

• the inclusion of data from additional countries.

• The HCQI project will also expand work in the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality especially on pharmaceutical prescription indicators.

Health Data
Purpose

• To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The database includes data on health status and risk factors to health, health care resources and activities, long-term care resources and activities, pharmaceutical consumption, health expenditure and financing, and health care quality. The data come from four questionnaires: 1) the OECD Health Data questionnaire; 2) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics; 3) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO health accounts questionnaire; and 4) the OECD Health Care Quality Indicators questionnaire.

Objectives and outputs

• Progress was achieved in 2012 in improving the availability and comparability of data on different categories of doctors and nurses that are collected through the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire, and in collecting new data on the market share of generic pharmaceutical drugs.

• New editions of "Health at a Glance: Europe" and "Health at a Glance: Asia/Pacific" were released in November 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Data 2013

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Improving the availability and comparability of data on health inequalities (new data collection on inequalities in life expectancy and perceived health status by educational level), and the collection of a minimum dataset on waiting times for elective surgery.

 

• Implement the extension of the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

 
Health Expenditure and Financing
Purpose

• To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

• The seventh Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2012. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A Health Expenditure and Financing database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

 

• Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; Improving the Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services; and Improving the Comparability of Expenditure on Over-the -counter Drugs.

 

• OECD, EUROSTAT and WHO collaborated to revise the System of Health Accounts methodology. This process was concluded in October 2011 with the publication of the new manual A System of Health Accounts 2011. Pilot studies are currently undertaken to test the implementation of the new manual.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Expenditure and Financing

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• In 2013, the eighth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

• A pilot test for the new version of the Joint Health Account Questionnaire (based on the 2011 version of the System of Health Account Manual) will be commenced in January.

Data collection

• No changes in questionnaire.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Expert group on Income, Consumption and Wealth


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure
Purpose

• The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and (mandatory and voluntary) private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. See www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure.

 Objectives and outputs

• SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and estimates for 2010-2012. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labour market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas.

• Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, since 1980.

• In November 2012 the OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been updated together with the publication of a brief on Social spending after the crisis.

• The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) is available via the OECD statistical browser OECD.stat.

http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_AGG

http://dotstat.oecd.org/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_DET 

• SOCX covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and for the first time includes estimates on total public social spending for 2010-2012.

• The SOCX methodological guide can be found in the OECD Working Paper #124 "Is the European welfare state really more expensive? Indicators on social spending, 1980-2012 and a manual to the OECD Social Expenditure database (SOCX)" .

 Databases

 • Social expenditures

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

• The work on short term public social spending projections will be carried on regularly to better monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure.

 • Possibility of inclusion of net social spending indicators into OECD.stat.

 Data collection

• A questionnaire on Aggregated Social Expenditure Data will be sent at the beginning of 2013 within the framework of the regular update on projections on national aggregates for 2012 and estimates for 2013.



2. Economic Statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration
 Purpose

• To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

• Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, naturalisations and foreign students.

• Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series by category and publishing in the IMO and OECD.Stat. Categories for long-term flows include work, family, humanitarian, free circulation; Categories for temporary workers include students, trainees, seasonal workers, working holiday makers, intra-company transfers.

• Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

• Publication of the OECD SEM Working Paper “Are Recent Immigrants Different? A New Profile of Immigrants in the OECD (DIOC 2005/06)”.

• The current version of DIOC-E (release 3.0) covers information on 32 OECD and 68 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 3.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

• Publication "Global Profile of Diasporas. How to better mobilise migrant skills" (forthcoming)

• Collection of thematic indicators of integration of immigrants and their children for a publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

• Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC).

• Database on international migration statistics

• Standardised migration flows

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Project to disseminate quarterly statistics on labour market outcomes of immigrants.

• Develop mechanism to improve and streamline the production of the harmonised statistics.

• Publication on the indicators of integration of immigrants and their children (published end of 2012).

 Population Projections
Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Expansion of the database.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

 

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

Update the database with UN revised data for the non-member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment. Published output also includes comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union, Brazil, Russian Federation and South Africa. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

• Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS and available in OECD.stat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Organise the download of data from Eurostat

Data collection

• Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

• The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

• In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• During 2013 it is intended that the quarterly employment statistical release will be developed to include a greater analytical component.

Data collection

• Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics
Purpose

• To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor labour market developments in OECD countries, while enhancing their international comparability.

• To monitor the current jobs crisis and subsequent jobs recovery.

• To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

• To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

• Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

• Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

• Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked, minimum wages and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, broader measures of unemployment, etc.

• Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterize informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

• Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability. A data assessment report has been provided to the EC regarding the comparability of earnings data reported in the OECD Earnings Distribution database.

• Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

• Revisions of metadata as appropriate on labour market statistics on OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Unit Labour Costs
Purpose

• To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic activities (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

• In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

• At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

• The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

• The key objectives of 2012 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. Early estimates of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook 2013 and OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Major tasks in 2013 will consist in enhancing the quality of ULCs and harmonise ULCs with other products within and outside the OECD (data, methodology, etc.). Tasks will be:

- Review possibility to harmonise methodologies with other products within the OECD, e.g. productivity database; reflect on changes regarding new member countries, data, classifications into OECD ULCs.

- Investigate possibility to develop new ULC data (results can be summarised in writing if possible): Accession country, i.e. Russian Federation; Enhanced engagement countries and non-OECD G20 countries (i.e. Saudi Arabia and Argentina).

- Draft notes and overview documents on: key issues in the policy debate as concerns competitiveness (with particular view on quarterly ULC press release); areas where and ideas how the methodology of OECD ULC data can be improved (based on review of economic and statistical literature); ideas how to extend the ULC indicators to other competitiveness indicators (based on review of economic and statistical literature).

Data collection

• Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study
 Purpose

• The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor’s degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

• In 2012, the assessment instruments developed in 2011 were implemented internationally in 249 institutions from the 17 participating countries and regions. The data were then analysed by the AHELO Consortium and the first volume of the AHELO feasibility study final report was released in December 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Technically, the AHELO feasibility study has now been completed in December 2012 with the completion of AHELO contracts.

• Work in 2013 will only involve

- the preparation of the remaining volumes of the AHELO feasibility study reports

- and their discussion at a conference to be held on 12-13 March 2013 in Paris.

Education (INES activities)
Purpose

• To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs
 

• Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

- The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

- In the 2012 edition, new indicators focus on:

 

- the effect of the global recession on education expenditures;

 

- the state of early childhood education systems around the world;

 

- intergenerational mobility in higher education among different socio-economic groups;

 

- the impact of education on macroeconomic outcomes, such as GDP;

 

- the specific factors that influence the level of education spending in different countries;

 

- career expectations among boys and girls at age 15, as compared to higher education graduation rates by field;

 

- the makeup of the teaching force in different countries and training requirements to enter the teaching profession; and

 

- the impact of examinations on access to secondary and higher education.

• Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures and consolidation of tertiary indicators. The UOE data collection is under revision because of the implementation of ISCED 2011. New questionnaires will be available in May 2014.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates . A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection

• New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.

 

• Inclusion of a new questionnaire on non-teaching staff.

Data management

• None

 
Education and Social Progress
Purpose

• Education and Social Progress (ESP) project will:

 

- analyse the role cognitive and non-cognitive skills play in fostering measures of well-being and social progress in OECD countries; and

- identify how skills that matter can be better developed in formal, non-formal and informal learning environments including family, school and the community.

Objectives and outputs
 

• This project is specifically designed to treat multiplicity of skills, diverse life-outcomes and causal effects. We shed light on the multi-dimensional nature of skills by analysing batteries of non-cognitive skills as well as cognitive skills. We demonstrate the wider-benefits of skills by incorporating a variety of social outcomes in addition to education and labour market outcomes. We tackle the issue of causality by employing longitudinal data in dynamic latent factor models that assume many of the key inputs (i.e. skills and learning contexts) to be unobserved and some observed inputs to be endogenous and measured with significant errors. In this way, the ESP project will make a unique contribution to the scientific literature at the intersection of education, economics and personality psychology. The key policy messages derived from the conceptual and empirical analyses will be the main outcomes of the project. Note that this project is expected to contribute to strengthening the conceptual framework and evidence-base that underlies the OECD’s Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

 
Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality
Purpose

• To provide OECD members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity has contributed to the OECD Skills Strategy and part of the data is published on the skills.oecd.org website

Objectives and outputs

• LEED has developed a statistical diagnostic tool to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool is being applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data is being collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages and unemployment at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work has fed into the OECD Skills Strategy and the results are available at the skills.oecd.org website. The website will be updated as soon as new results are produced

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Additional tests for the identification of benchmarking groups

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)
Purpose

• The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

• The results of the 5th PISA cycle, PISA 2012, will be published in December 2013. The initial report will provide comparisons and progress reports of 15-year old students’ knowledge and skills in reading, mathematics and science (with a focus on mathematics) in the 64 countries that participated in PISA 2012, including all 34 OECD countries. In several volumes, the initial report will look at how successful countries are at moderating the impact of social background and improving equity in the distribution of learning opportunities, and how different education policies and practices shape learning outcomes. In addition, each month a short note on a specific policy-oriented topic is released in the PISA in Focus series.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Other, Panama, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovenia Former, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The main study of PISA 2012 was successfully conducted in 2012, thus preparing for the analysis and reporting of the results from December 2013 onwards in international as well as national reports. Preparation is underway for PISA 2015, which for the first time will have a computer-based assessment at its core, while maintaining measurement of trends to previous cycles and allowing for countries that are not ready for computer-based assessment to opt for a paper-based version. Preparations for an assessment of students’ collaborative problem-solving skills were initiated in 2012 and will continue in 2013 with the possibility of including the domain in the PISA 2015 survey.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

 • To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

• The main achievement for 2013 is to publish a report along with other derivative products on the PIAAC data collection conducted in 2011-2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Cyprus, Indonesia, Lithuania, Russian Federation, Singapore

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The first report on PIAAC will be republished along with other related products in October 2013.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)
Purpose

• To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work environment of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

• The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on teaching practices and innovation) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013. TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools and to perform a school-level linkage with PISA 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Malaysia, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No changes since the previous year; the programme is still in data collection mode for the main study.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Care Quality Indicators
 Purpose

• The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They have been reported regularly in a chapter in Health at a Glance publication since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

• The entire HCQI database was made available in OECD.Stat for the first time in 2011. The comparability and quality of data were improved and the database was also expanded, covering patient safety indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Cyprus, Indonesia, Latvia, Malta, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

• Health Care Quality Indicators

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations.

• The main focus is on:

• the development of patient safety and patient experience indicators, and

• the inclusion of data from additional countries.

• The HCQI project will also expand work in the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality especially on pharmaceutical prescription indicators.

Health Data
Purpose

• To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The database includes data on health status and risk factors to health, health care resources and activities, long-term care resources and activities, pharmaceutical consumption, health expenditure and financing, and health care quality. The data come from four questionnaires: 1) the OECD Health Data questionnaire; 2) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics; 3) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO health accounts questionnaire; and 4) the OECD Health Care Quality Indicators questionnaire.

Objectives and outputs

• Progress was achieved in 2012 in improving the availability and comparability of data on different categories of doctors and nurses that are collected through the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire, and in collecting new data on the market share of generic pharmaceutical drugs.

• New editions of "Health at a Glance: Europe" and "Health at a Glance: Asia/Pacific" were released in November 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Data 2013

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Improving the availability and comparability of data on health inequalities (new data collection on inequalities in life expectancy and perceived health status by educational level), and the collection of a minimum dataset on waiting times for elective surgery.

 

• Implement the extension of the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

 
Health Expenditure and Financing
Purpose

• To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

• The seventh Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2012. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A Health Expenditure and Financing database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

 

• Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; Improving the Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services; and Improving the Comparability of Expenditure on Over-the -counter Drugs.

 

• OECD, EUROSTAT and WHO collaborated to revise the System of Health Accounts methodology. This process was concluded in October 2011 with the publication of the new manual A System of Health Accounts 2011. Pilot studies are currently undertaken to test the implementation of the new manual.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Expenditure and Financing

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• In 2013, the eighth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

• A pilot test for the new version of the Joint Health Account Questionnaire (based on the 2011 version of the System of Health Account Manual) will be commenced in January.

Data collection

• No changes in questionnaire.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Expert group on Income, Consumption and Wealth


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure
Purpose

• The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and (mandatory and voluntary) private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. See www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure.

 Objectives and outputs

• SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and estimates for 2010-2012. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labour market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas.

• Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, since 1980.

• In November 2012 the OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been updated together with the publication of a brief on Social spending after the crisis.

• The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) is available via the OECD statistical browser OECD.stat.

http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_AGG

http://dotstat.oecd.org/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_DET 

• SOCX covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and for the first time includes estimates on total public social spending for 2010-2012.

• The SOCX methodological guide can be found in the OECD Working Paper #124 "Is the European welfare state really more expensive? Indicators on social spending, 1980-2012 and a manual to the OECD Social Expenditure database (SOCX)" .

 Databases

 • Social expenditures

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

• The work on short term public social spending projections will be carried on regularly to better monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure.

 • Possibility of inclusion of net social spending indicators into OECD.stat.

 Data collection

• A questionnaire on Aggregated Social Expenditure Data will be sent at the beginning of 2013 within the framework of the regular update on projections on national aggregates for 2012 and estimates for 2013.



3. Environment and multi-domain statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration
 Purpose

• To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

• Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, naturalisations and foreign students.

• Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series by category and publishing in the IMO and OECD.Stat. Categories for long-term flows include work, family, humanitarian, free circulation; Categories for temporary workers include students, trainees, seasonal workers, working holiday makers, intra-company transfers.

• Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

• Publication of the OECD SEM Working Paper “Are Recent Immigrants Different? A New Profile of Immigrants in the OECD (DIOC 2005/06)”.

• The current version of DIOC-E (release 3.0) covers information on 32 OECD and 68 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 3.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

• Publication "Global Profile of Diasporas. How to better mobilise migrant skills" (forthcoming)

• Collection of thematic indicators of integration of immigrants and their children for a publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

• Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC).

• Database on international migration statistics

• Standardised migration flows

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Project to disseminate quarterly statistics on labour market outcomes of immigrants.

• Develop mechanism to improve and streamline the production of the harmonised statistics.

• Publication on the indicators of integration of immigrants and their children (published end of 2012).

 Population Projections
Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Expansion of the database.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

 

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

Update the database with UN revised data for the non-member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment. Published output also includes comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union, Brazil, Russian Federation and South Africa. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

• Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS and available in OECD.stat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Organise the download of data from Eurostat

Data collection

• Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

• The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

• In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• During 2013 it is intended that the quarterly employment statistical release will be developed to include a greater analytical component.

Data collection

• Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics
Purpose

• To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor labour market developments in OECD countries, while enhancing their international comparability.

• To monitor the current jobs crisis and subsequent jobs recovery.

• To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

• To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

• Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

• Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

• Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked, minimum wages and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, broader measures of unemployment, etc.

• Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterize informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

• Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability. A data assessment report has been provided to the EC regarding the comparability of earnings data reported in the OECD Earnings Distribution database.

• Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

• Revisions of metadata as appropriate on labour market statistics on OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Unit Labour Costs
Purpose

• To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic activities (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

• In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

• At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

• The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

• The key objectives of 2012 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. Early estimates of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook 2013 and OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Major tasks in 2013 will consist in enhancing the quality of ULCs and harmonise ULCs with other products within and outside the OECD (data, methodology, etc.). Tasks will be:

- Review possibility to harmonise methodologies with other products within the OECD, e.g. productivity database; reflect on changes regarding new member countries, data, classifications into OECD ULCs.

- Investigate possibility to develop new ULC data (results can be summarised in writing if possible): Accession country, i.e. Russian Federation; Enhanced engagement countries and non-OECD G20 countries (i.e. Saudi Arabia and Argentina).

- Draft notes and overview documents on: key issues in the policy debate as concerns competitiveness (with particular view on quarterly ULC press release); areas where and ideas how the methodology of OECD ULC data can be improved (based on review of economic and statistical literature); ideas how to extend the ULC indicators to other competitiveness indicators (based on review of economic and statistical literature).

Data collection

• Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study
 Purpose

• The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor’s degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

• In 2012, the assessment instruments developed in 2011 were implemented internationally in 249 institutions from the 17 participating countries and regions. The data were then analysed by the AHELO Consortium and the first volume of the AHELO feasibility study final report was released in December 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Technically, the AHELO feasibility study has now been completed in December 2012 with the completion of AHELO contracts.

• Work in 2013 will only involve

- the preparation of the remaining volumes of the AHELO feasibility study reports

- and their discussion at a conference to be held on 12-13 March 2013 in Paris.

Education (INES activities)
Purpose

• To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs
 

• Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

- The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

- In the 2012 edition, new indicators focus on:

 

- the effect of the global recession on education expenditures;

 

- the state of early childhood education systems around the world;

 

- intergenerational mobility in higher education among different socio-economic groups;

 

- the impact of education on macroeconomic outcomes, such as GDP;

 

- the specific factors that influence the level of education spending in different countries;

 

- career expectations among boys and girls at age 15, as compared to higher education graduation rates by field;

 

- the makeup of the teaching force in different countries and training requirements to enter the teaching profession; and

 

- the impact of examinations on access to secondary and higher education.

• Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures and consolidation of tertiary indicators. The UOE data collection is under revision because of the implementation of ISCED 2011. New questionnaires will be available in May 2014.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates . A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection

• New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.

 

• Inclusion of a new questionnaire on non-teaching staff.

Data management

• None

 
Education and Social Progress
Purpose

• Education and Social Progress (ESP) project will:

 

- analyse the role cognitive and non-cognitive skills play in fostering measures of well-being and social progress in OECD countries; and

- identify how skills that matter can be better developed in formal, non-formal and informal learning environments including family, school and the community.

Objectives and outputs
 

• This project is specifically designed to treat multiplicity of skills, diverse life-outcomes and causal effects. We shed light on the multi-dimensional nature of skills by analysing batteries of non-cognitive skills as well as cognitive skills. We demonstrate the wider-benefits of skills by incorporating a variety of social outcomes in addition to education and labour market outcomes. We tackle the issue of causality by employing longitudinal data in dynamic latent factor models that assume many of the key inputs (i.e. skills and learning contexts) to be unobserved and some observed inputs to be endogenous and measured with significant errors. In this way, the ESP project will make a unique contribution to the scientific literature at the intersection of education, economics and personality psychology. The key policy messages derived from the conceptual and empirical analyses will be the main outcomes of the project. Note that this project is expected to contribute to strengthening the conceptual framework and evidence-base that underlies the OECD’s Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

 
Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality
Purpose

• To provide OECD members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity has contributed to the OECD Skills Strategy and part of the data is published on the skills.oecd.org website

Objectives and outputs

• LEED has developed a statistical diagnostic tool to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool is being applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data is being collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages and unemployment at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work has fed into the OECD Skills Strategy and the results are available at the skills.oecd.org website. The website will be updated as soon as new results are produced

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Additional tests for the identification of benchmarking groups

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)
Purpose

• The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

• The results of the 5th PISA cycle, PISA 2012, will be published in December 2013. The initial report will provide comparisons and progress reports of 15-year old students’ knowledge and skills in reading, mathematics and science (with a focus on mathematics) in the 64 countries that participated in PISA 2012, including all 34 OECD countries. In several volumes, the initial report will look at how successful countries are at moderating the impact of social background and improving equity in the distribution of learning opportunities, and how different education policies and practices shape learning outcomes. In addition, each month a short note on a specific policy-oriented topic is released in the PISA in Focus series.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Other, Panama, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovenia Former, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The main study of PISA 2012 was successfully conducted in 2012, thus preparing for the analysis and reporting of the results from December 2013 onwards in international as well as national reports. Preparation is underway for PISA 2015, which for the first time will have a computer-based assessment at its core, while maintaining measurement of trends to previous cycles and allowing for countries that are not ready for computer-based assessment to opt for a paper-based version. Preparations for an assessment of students’ collaborative problem-solving skills were initiated in 2012 and will continue in 2013 with the possibility of including the domain in the PISA 2015 survey.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

 • To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

• The main achievement for 2013 is to publish a report along with other derivative products on the PIAAC data collection conducted in 2011-2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Cyprus, Indonesia, Lithuania, Russian Federation, Singapore

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The first report on PIAAC will be republished along with other related products in October 2013.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)
Purpose

• To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work environment of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

• The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on teaching practices and innovation) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013. TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools and to perform a school-level linkage with PISA 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Malaysia, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No changes since the previous year; the programme is still in data collection mode for the main study.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Care Quality Indicators
 Purpose

• The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They have been reported regularly in a chapter in Health at a Glance publication since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

• The entire HCQI database was made available in OECD.Stat for the first time in 2011. The comparability and quality of data were improved and the database was also expanded, covering patient safety indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Cyprus, Indonesia, Latvia, Malta, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

• Health Care Quality Indicators

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations.

• The main focus is on:

• the development of patient safety and patient experience indicators, and

• the inclusion of data from additional countries.

• The HCQI project will also expand work in the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality especially on pharmaceutical prescription indicators.

Health Data
Purpose

• To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The database includes data on health status and risk factors to health, health care resources and activities, long-term care resources and activities, pharmaceutical consumption, health expenditure and financing, and health care quality. The data come from four questionnaires: 1) the OECD Health Data questionnaire; 2) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics; 3) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO health accounts questionnaire; and 4) the OECD Health Care Quality Indicators questionnaire.

Objectives and outputs

• Progress was achieved in 2012 in improving the availability and comparability of data on different categories of doctors and nurses that are collected through the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire, and in collecting new data on the market share of generic pharmaceutical drugs.

• New editions of "Health at a Glance: Europe" and "Health at a Glance: Asia/Pacific" were released in November 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Data 2013

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Improving the availability and comparability of data on health inequalities (new data collection on inequalities in life expectancy and perceived health status by educational level), and the collection of a minimum dataset on waiting times for elective surgery.

 

• Implement the extension of the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

 
Health Expenditure and Financing
Purpose

• To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

• The seventh Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2012. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A Health Expenditure and Financing database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

 

• Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; Improving the Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services; and Improving the Comparability of Expenditure on Over-the -counter Drugs.

 

• OECD, EUROSTAT and WHO collaborated to revise the System of Health Accounts methodology. This process was concluded in October 2011 with the publication of the new manual A System of Health Accounts 2011. Pilot studies are currently undertaken to test the implementation of the new manual.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Expenditure and Financing

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• In 2013, the eighth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

• A pilot test for the new version of the Joint Health Account Questionnaire (based on the 2011 version of the System of Health Account Manual) will be commenced in January.

Data collection

• No changes in questionnaire.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Expert group on Income, Consumption and Wealth


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure
Purpose

• The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and (mandatory and voluntary) private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. See www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure.

 Objectives and outputs

• SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and estimates for 2010-2012. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labour market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas.

• Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, since 1980.

• In November 2012 the OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been updated together with the publication of a brief on Social spending after the crisis.

• The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) is available via the OECD statistical browser OECD.stat.

http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_AGG

http://dotstat.oecd.org/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_DET 

• SOCX covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and for the first time includes estimates on total public social spending for 2010-2012.

• The SOCX methodological guide can be found in the OECD Working Paper #124 "Is the European welfare state really more expensive? Indicators on social spending, 1980-2012 and a manual to the OECD Social Expenditure database (SOCX)" .

 Databases

 • Social expenditures

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

• The work on short term public social spending projections will be carried on regularly to better monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure.

 • Possibility of inclusion of net social spending indicators into OECD.stat.

 Data collection

• A questionnaire on Aggregated Social Expenditure Data will be sent at the beginning of 2013 within the framework of the regular update on projections on national aggregates for 2012 and estimates for 2013.



4. Methodology of data collection, processing, dissemination and analysis (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration
 Purpose

• To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

• Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, naturalisations and foreign students.

• Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series by category and publishing in the IMO and OECD.Stat. Categories for long-term flows include work, family, humanitarian, free circulation; Categories for temporary workers include students, trainees, seasonal workers, working holiday makers, intra-company transfers.

• Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

• Publication of the OECD SEM Working Paper “Are Recent Immigrants Different? A New Profile of Immigrants in the OECD (DIOC 2005/06)”.

• The current version of DIOC-E (release 3.0) covers information on 32 OECD and 68 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 3.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

• Publication "Global Profile of Diasporas. How to better mobilise migrant skills" (forthcoming)

• Collection of thematic indicators of integration of immigrants and their children for a publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

• Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC).

• Database on international migration statistics

• Standardised migration flows

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Project to disseminate quarterly statistics on labour market outcomes of immigrants.

• Develop mechanism to improve and streamline the production of the harmonised statistics.

• Publication on the indicators of integration of immigrants and their children (published end of 2012).

 Population Projections
Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Expansion of the database.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

 

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

Update the database with UN revised data for the non-member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment. Published output also includes comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union, Brazil, Russian Federation and South Africa. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

• Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS and available in OECD.stat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Organise the download of data from Eurostat

Data collection

• Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

• The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

• In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• During 2013 it is intended that the quarterly employment statistical release will be developed to include a greater analytical component.

Data collection

• Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics
Purpose

• To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor labour market developments in OECD countries, while enhancing their international comparability.

• To monitor the current jobs crisis and subsequent jobs recovery.

• To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

• To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

• Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

• Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

• Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked, minimum wages and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, broader measures of unemployment, etc.

• Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterize informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

• Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability. A data assessment report has been provided to the EC regarding the comparability of earnings data reported in the OECD Earnings Distribution database.

• Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

• Revisions of metadata as appropriate on labour market statistics on OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Unit Labour Costs
Purpose

• To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic activities (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

• In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

• At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

• The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

• The key objectives of 2012 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. Early estimates of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook 2013 and OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Major tasks in 2013 will consist in enhancing the quality of ULCs and harmonise ULCs with other products within and outside the OECD (data, methodology, etc.). Tasks will be:

- Review possibility to harmonise methodologies with other products within the OECD, e.g. productivity database; reflect on changes regarding new member countries, data, classifications into OECD ULCs.

- Investigate possibility to develop new ULC data (results can be summarised in writing if possible): Accession country, i.e. Russian Federation; Enhanced engagement countries and non-OECD G20 countries (i.e. Saudi Arabia and Argentina).

- Draft notes and overview documents on: key issues in the policy debate as concerns competitiveness (with particular view on quarterly ULC press release); areas where and ideas how the methodology of OECD ULC data can be improved (based on review of economic and statistical literature); ideas how to extend the ULC indicators to other competitiveness indicators (based on review of economic and statistical literature).

Data collection

• Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study
 Purpose

• The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor’s degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

• In 2012, the assessment instruments developed in 2011 were implemented internationally in 249 institutions from the 17 participating countries and regions. The data were then analysed by the AHELO Consortium and the first volume of the AHELO feasibility study final report was released in December 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Technically, the AHELO feasibility study has now been completed in December 2012 with the completion of AHELO contracts.

• Work in 2013 will only involve

- the preparation of the remaining volumes of the AHELO feasibility study reports

- and their discussion at a conference to be held on 12-13 March 2013 in Paris.

Education (INES activities)
Purpose

• To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs
 

• Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

- The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

- In the 2012 edition, new indicators focus on:

 

- the effect of the global recession on education expenditures;

 

- the state of early childhood education systems around the world;

 

- intergenerational mobility in higher education among different socio-economic groups;

 

- the impact of education on macroeconomic outcomes, such as GDP;

 

- the specific factors that influence the level of education spending in different countries;

 

- career expectations among boys and girls at age 15, as compared to higher education graduation rates by field;

 

- the makeup of the teaching force in different countries and training requirements to enter the teaching profession; and

 

- the impact of examinations on access to secondary and higher education.

• Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures and consolidation of tertiary indicators. The UOE data collection is under revision because of the implementation of ISCED 2011. New questionnaires will be available in May 2014.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates . A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection

• New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.

 

• Inclusion of a new questionnaire on non-teaching staff.

Data management

• None

 
Education and Social Progress
Purpose

• Education and Social Progress (ESP) project will:

 

- analyse the role cognitive and non-cognitive skills play in fostering measures of well-being and social progress in OECD countries; and

- identify how skills that matter can be better developed in formal, non-formal and informal learning environments including family, school and the community.

Objectives and outputs
 

• This project is specifically designed to treat multiplicity of skills, diverse life-outcomes and causal effects. We shed light on the multi-dimensional nature of skills by analysing batteries of non-cognitive skills as well as cognitive skills. We demonstrate the wider-benefits of skills by incorporating a variety of social outcomes in addition to education and labour market outcomes. We tackle the issue of causality by employing longitudinal data in dynamic latent factor models that assume many of the key inputs (i.e. skills and learning contexts) to be unobserved and some observed inputs to be endogenous and measured with significant errors. In this way, the ESP project will make a unique contribution to the scientific literature at the intersection of education, economics and personality psychology. The key policy messages derived from the conceptual and empirical analyses will be the main outcomes of the project. Note that this project is expected to contribute to strengthening the conceptual framework and evidence-base that underlies the OECD’s Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

 
Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality
Purpose

• To provide OECD members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity has contributed to the OECD Skills Strategy and part of the data is published on the skills.oecd.org website

Objectives and outputs

• LEED has developed a statistical diagnostic tool to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool is being applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data is being collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages and unemployment at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work has fed into the OECD Skills Strategy and the results are available at the skills.oecd.org website. The website will be updated as soon as new results are produced

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Additional tests for the identification of benchmarking groups

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)
Purpose

• The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

• The results of the 5th PISA cycle, PISA 2012, will be published in December 2013. The initial report will provide comparisons and progress reports of 15-year old students’ knowledge and skills in reading, mathematics and science (with a focus on mathematics) in the 64 countries that participated in PISA 2012, including all 34 OECD countries. In several volumes, the initial report will look at how successful countries are at moderating the impact of social background and improving equity in the distribution of learning opportunities, and how different education policies and practices shape learning outcomes. In addition, each month a short note on a specific policy-oriented topic is released in the PISA in Focus series.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Other, Panama, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovenia Former, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The main study of PISA 2012 was successfully conducted in 2012, thus preparing for the analysis and reporting of the results from December 2013 onwards in international as well as national reports. Preparation is underway for PISA 2015, which for the first time will have a computer-based assessment at its core, while maintaining measurement of trends to previous cycles and allowing for countries that are not ready for computer-based assessment to opt for a paper-based version. Preparations for an assessment of students’ collaborative problem-solving skills were initiated in 2012 and will continue in 2013 with the possibility of including the domain in the PISA 2015 survey.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

 • To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

• The main achievement for 2013 is to publish a report along with other derivative products on the PIAAC data collection conducted in 2011-2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Cyprus, Indonesia, Lithuania, Russian Federation, Singapore

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The first report on PIAAC will be republished along with other related products in October 2013.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)
Purpose

• To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work environment of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

• The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on teaching practices and innovation) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013. TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools and to perform a school-level linkage with PISA 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Malaysia, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No changes since the previous year; the programme is still in data collection mode for the main study.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Care Quality Indicators
 Purpose

• The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They have been reported regularly in a chapter in Health at a Glance publication since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

• The entire HCQI database was made available in OECD.Stat for the first time in 2011. The comparability and quality of data were improved and the database was also expanded, covering patient safety indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Cyprus, Indonesia, Latvia, Malta, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

• Health Care Quality Indicators

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations.

• The main focus is on:

• the development of patient safety and patient experience indicators, and

• the inclusion of data from additional countries.

• The HCQI project will also expand work in the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality especially on pharmaceutical prescription indicators.

Health Data
Purpose

• To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The database includes data on health status and risk factors to health, health care resources and activities, long-term care resources and activities, pharmaceutical consumption, health expenditure and financing, and health care quality. The data come from four questionnaires: 1) the OECD Health Data questionnaire; 2) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics; 3) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO health accounts questionnaire; and 4) the OECD Health Care Quality Indicators questionnaire.

Objectives and outputs

• Progress was achieved in 2012 in improving the availability and comparability of data on different categories of doctors and nurses that are collected through the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire, and in collecting new data on the market share of generic pharmaceutical drugs.

• New editions of "Health at a Glance: Europe" and "Health at a Glance: Asia/Pacific" were released in November 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Data 2013

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Improving the availability and comparability of data on health inequalities (new data collection on inequalities in life expectancy and perceived health status by educational level), and the collection of a minimum dataset on waiting times for elective surgery.

 

• Implement the extension of the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

 
Health Expenditure and Financing
Purpose

• To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

• The seventh Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2012. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A Health Expenditure and Financing database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

 

• Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; Improving the Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services; and Improving the Comparability of Expenditure on Over-the -counter Drugs.

 

• OECD, EUROSTAT and WHO collaborated to revise the System of Health Accounts methodology. This process was concluded in October 2011 with the publication of the new manual A System of Health Accounts 2011. Pilot studies are currently undertaken to test the implementation of the new manual.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Expenditure and Financing

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• In 2013, the eighth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

• A pilot test for the new version of the Joint Health Account Questionnaire (based on the 2011 version of the System of Health Account Manual) will be commenced in January.

Data collection

• No changes in questionnaire.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Expert group on Income, Consumption and Wealth


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure
Purpose

• The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and (mandatory and voluntary) private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. See www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure.

 Objectives and outputs

• SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and estimates for 2010-2012. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labour market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas.

• Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, since 1980.

• In November 2012 the OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been updated together with the publication of a brief on Social spending after the crisis.

• The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) is available via the OECD statistical browser OECD.stat.

http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_AGG

http://dotstat.oecd.org/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_DET 

• SOCX covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and for the first time includes estimates on total public social spending for 2010-2012.

• The SOCX methodological guide can be found in the OECD Working Paper #124 "Is the European welfare state really more expensive? Indicators on social spending, 1980-2012 and a manual to the OECD Social Expenditure database (SOCX)" .

 Databases

 • Social expenditures

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

• The work on short term public social spending projections will be carried on regularly to better monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure.

 • Possibility of inclusion of net social spending indicators into OECD.stat.

 Data collection

• A questionnaire on Aggregated Social Expenditure Data will be sent at the beginning of 2013 within the framework of the regular update on projections on national aggregates for 2012 and estimates for 2013.



5. Strategic and managerial issues of official statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration
 Purpose

• To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

• Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, naturalisations and foreign students.

• Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series by category and publishing in the IMO and OECD.Stat. Categories for long-term flows include work, family, humanitarian, free circulation; Categories for temporary workers include students, trainees, seasonal workers, working holiday makers, intra-company transfers.

• Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

• Publication of the OECD SEM Working Paper “Are Recent Immigrants Different? A New Profile of Immigrants in the OECD (DIOC 2005/06)”.

• The current version of DIOC-E (release 3.0) covers information on 32 OECD and 68 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 3.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

• Publication "Global Profile of Diasporas. How to better mobilise migrant skills" (forthcoming)

• Collection of thematic indicators of integration of immigrants and their children for a publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

• Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC).

• Database on international migration statistics

• Standardised migration flows

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Project to disseminate quarterly statistics on labour market outcomes of immigrants.

• Develop mechanism to improve and streamline the production of the harmonised statistics.

• Publication on the indicators of integration of immigrants and their children (published end of 2012).

 Population Projections
Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Expansion of the database.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

 

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

Update the database with UN revised data for the non-member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.


1.2 Labour (OECD)
Annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment. Published output also includes comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union, Brazil, Russian Federation and South Africa. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

• Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS and available in OECD.stat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Organise the download of data from Eurostat

Data collection

• Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

• The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

• In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• During 2013 it is intended that the quarterly employment statistical release will be developed to include a greater analytical component.

Data collection

• Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics
Purpose

• To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor labour market developments in OECD countries, while enhancing their international comparability.

• To monitor the current jobs crisis and subsequent jobs recovery.

• To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

• To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

• Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

• Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

• Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked, minimum wages and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, broader measures of unemployment, etc.

• Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterize informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

• Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability. A data assessment report has been provided to the EC regarding the comparability of earnings data reported in the OECD Earnings Distribution database.

• Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

• Revisions of metadata as appropriate on labour market statistics on OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Unit Labour Costs
Purpose

• To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic activities (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

• In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

• At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

• The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

• The key objectives of 2012 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. Early estimates of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook 2013 and OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Major tasks in 2013 will consist in enhancing the quality of ULCs and harmonise ULCs with other products within and outside the OECD (data, methodology, etc.). Tasks will be:

- Review possibility to harmonise methodologies with other products within the OECD, e.g. productivity database; reflect on changes regarding new member countries, data, classifications into OECD ULCs.

- Investigate possibility to develop new ULC data (results can be summarised in writing if possible): Accession country, i.e. Russian Federation; Enhanced engagement countries and non-OECD G20 countries (i.e. Saudi Arabia and Argentina).

- Draft notes and overview documents on: key issues in the policy debate as concerns competitiveness (with particular view on quarterly ULC press release); areas where and ideas how the methodology of OECD ULC data can be improved (based on review of economic and statistical literature); ideas how to extend the ULC indicators to other competitiveness indicators (based on review of economic and statistical literature).

Data collection

• Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.


1.3 Education (OECD)
AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study
 Purpose

• The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor’s degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

• In 2012, the assessment instruments developed in 2011 were implemented internationally in 249 institutions from the 17 participating countries and regions. The data were then analysed by the AHELO Consortium and the first volume of the AHELO feasibility study final report was released in December 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Technically, the AHELO feasibility study has now been completed in December 2012 with the completion of AHELO contracts.

• Work in 2013 will only involve

- the preparation of the remaining volumes of the AHELO feasibility study reports

- and their discussion at a conference to be held on 12-13 March 2013 in Paris.

Education (INES activities)
Purpose

• To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs
 

• Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

- The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

- In the 2012 edition, new indicators focus on:

 

- the effect of the global recession on education expenditures;

 

- the state of early childhood education systems around the world;

 

- intergenerational mobility in higher education among different socio-economic groups;

 

- the impact of education on macroeconomic outcomes, such as GDP;

 

- the specific factors that influence the level of education spending in different countries;

 

- career expectations among boys and girls at age 15, as compared to higher education graduation rates by field;

 

- the makeup of the teaching force in different countries and training requirements to enter the teaching profession; and

 

- the impact of examinations on access to secondary and higher education.

• Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures and consolidation of tertiary indicators. The UOE data collection is under revision because of the implementation of ISCED 2011. New questionnaires will be available in May 2014.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates . A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection

• New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.

 

• Inclusion of a new questionnaire on non-teaching staff.

Data management

• None

 
Education and Social Progress
Purpose

• Education and Social Progress (ESP) project will:

 

- analyse the role cognitive and non-cognitive skills play in fostering measures of well-being and social progress in OECD countries; and

- identify how skills that matter can be better developed in formal, non-formal and informal learning environments including family, school and the community.

Objectives and outputs
 

• This project is specifically designed to treat multiplicity of skills, diverse life-outcomes and causal effects. We shed light on the multi-dimensional nature of skills by analysing batteries of non-cognitive skills as well as cognitive skills. We demonstrate the wider-benefits of skills by incorporating a variety of social outcomes in addition to education and labour market outcomes. We tackle the issue of causality by employing longitudinal data in dynamic latent factor models that assume many of the key inputs (i.e. skills and learning contexts) to be unobserved and some observed inputs to be endogenous and measured with significant errors. In this way, the ESP project will make a unique contribution to the scientific literature at the intersection of education, economics and personality psychology. The key policy messages derived from the conceptual and empirical analyses will be the main outcomes of the project. Note that this project is expected to contribute to strengthening the conceptual framework and evidence-base that underlies the OECD’s Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

 
Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality
Purpose

• To provide OECD members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity has contributed to the OECD Skills Strategy and part of the data is published on the skills.oecd.org website

Objectives and outputs

• LEED has developed a statistical diagnostic tool to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool is being applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data is being collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages and unemployment at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work has fed into the OECD Skills Strategy and the results are available at the skills.oecd.org website. The website will be updated as soon as new results are produced

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Additional tests for the identification of benchmarking groups

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)
Purpose

• The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

• The results of the 5th PISA cycle, PISA 2012, will be published in December 2013. The initial report will provide comparisons and progress reports of 15-year old students’ knowledge and skills in reading, mathematics and science (with a focus on mathematics) in the 64 countries that participated in PISA 2012, including all 34 OECD countries. In several volumes, the initial report will look at how successful countries are at moderating the impact of social background and improving equity in the distribution of learning opportunities, and how different education policies and practices shape learning outcomes. In addition, each month a short note on a specific policy-oriented topic is released in the PISA in Focus series.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Other, Panama, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovenia Former, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The main study of PISA 2012 was successfully conducted in 2012, thus preparing for the analysis and reporting of the results from December 2013 onwards in international as well as national reports. Preparation is underway for PISA 2015, which for the first time will have a computer-based assessment at its core, while maintaining measurement of trends to previous cycles and allowing for countries that are not ready for computer-based assessment to opt for a paper-based version. Preparations for an assessment of students’ collaborative problem-solving skills were initiated in 2012 and will continue in 2013 with the possibility of including the domain in the PISA 2015 survey.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

 • To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

• The main achievement for 2013 is to publish a report along with other derivative products on the PIAAC data collection conducted in 2011-2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Cyprus, Indonesia, Lithuania, Russian Federation, Singapore

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The first report on PIAAC will be republished along with other related products in October 2013.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)
Purpose

• To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work environment of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

• The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on teaching practices and innovation) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013. TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools and to perform a school-level linkage with PISA 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Malaysia, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No changes since the previous year; the programme is still in data collection mode for the main study.


1.4 Health (OECD)
Health Care Quality Indicators
 Purpose

• The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They have been reported regularly in a chapter in Health at a Glance publication since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

• The entire HCQI database was made available in OECD.Stat for the first time in 2011. The comparability and quality of data were improved and the database was also expanded, covering patient safety indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Cyprus, Indonesia, Latvia, Malta, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

• Health Care Quality Indicators

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations.

• The main focus is on:

• the development of patient safety and patient experience indicators, and

• the inclusion of data from additional countries.

• The HCQI project will also expand work in the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality especially on pharmaceutical prescription indicators.

Health Data
Purpose

• To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The database includes data on health status and risk factors to health, health care resources and activities, long-term care resources and activities, pharmaceutical consumption, health expenditure and financing, and health care quality. The data come from four questionnaires: 1) the OECD Health Data questionnaire; 2) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics; 3) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO health accounts questionnaire; and 4) the OECD Health Care Quality Indicators questionnaire.

Objectives and outputs

• Progress was achieved in 2012 in improving the availability and comparability of data on different categories of doctors and nurses that are collected through the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire, and in collecting new data on the market share of generic pharmaceutical drugs.

• New editions of "Health at a Glance: Europe" and "Health at a Glance: Asia/Pacific" were released in November 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Data 2013

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Improving the availability and comparability of data on health inequalities (new data collection on inequalities in life expectancy and perceived health status by educational level), and the collection of a minimum dataset on waiting times for elective surgery.

 

• Implement the extension of the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

 
Health Expenditure and Financing
Purpose

• To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

• The seventh Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2012. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A Health Expenditure and Financing database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

 

• Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; Improving the Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services; and Improving the Comparability of Expenditure on Over-the -counter Drugs.

 

• OECD, EUROSTAT and WHO collaborated to revise the System of Health Accounts methodology. This process was concluded in October 2011 with the publication of the new manual A System of Health Accounts 2011. Pilot studies are currently undertaken to test the implementation of the new manual.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Expenditure and Financing

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• In 2013, the eighth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

• A pilot test for the new version of the Joint Health Account Questionnaire (based on the 2011 version of the System of Health Account Manual) will be commenced in January.

Data collection

• No changes in questionnaire.


1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)
Expert group on Income, Consumption and Wealth


1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure
Purpose

• The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and (mandatory and voluntary) private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. See www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure.

 Objectives and outputs

• SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and estimates for 2010-2012. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labour market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas.

• Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, since 1980.

• In November 2012 the OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been updated together with the publication of a brief on Social spending after the crisis.

• The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) is available via the OECD statistical browser OECD.stat.

http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_AGG

http://dotstat.oecd.org/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_DET 

• SOCX covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and for the first time includes estimates on total public social spending for 2010-2012.

• The SOCX methodological guide can be found in the OECD Working Paper #124 "Is the European welfare state really more expensive? Indicators on social spending, 1980-2012 and a manual to the OECD Social Expenditure database (SOCX)" .

 Databases

 • Social expenditures

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

• The work on short term public social spending projections will be carried on regularly to better monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure.

 • Possibility of inclusion of net social spending indicators into OECD.stat.

 Data collection

• A questionnaire on Aggregated Social Expenditure Data will be sent at the beginning of 2013 within the framework of the regular update on projections on national aggregates for 2012 and estimates for 2013.




2. Economic Statistics (OECD)
1. Demographic and social statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys
Purpose

• To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

• To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are updated and published monthly. Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

• During the year 2010 the OECD evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. In 2013 the OECD will participate in an international review aiming at producing a handbook on Business Tendency and Consumer Confidence Surveys building in large part on existing OECD and EC handbooks.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The review of the code re-structuring continues (started in 2012), aiming at a more streamlined production database.

• OECD will provide the chapter on questionnaire design for the new/revised BTS and CS handbook, and act as a reviewer for other chapters.

Main economic indicators
Purpose

• The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

 Objectives and outputs

 Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and Key Partner on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

 Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

 There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

 Non-member countries involved in the activity

 Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 Databases

 Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

 Subject areas are now responsible individually.

 Data collection

 On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

 There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

 Real-time and Revisions Database
Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

No major changes.

STAN Database for Industrial Analysis
Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

STAN Database for industrial Analysis

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Continued development and update of the latest version of STAN based on ISIC Rev. 4. with statistics to 2011. Inclusion of non-Member countries, where possible. Completion and validation of national classification to ISIC Rev. 4 conversion keys for non-EU countries Cooperation with World KLEMS project. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper. Development and dissemination of indicators by industrial activity based on STAN.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
 
Annual National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

• To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

• Main series of the SNA database are presented using an "indicator" approach in the publication National accounts at a Glance, focusing on cross-country comparisons. In this publication each indicator is associated to a text which explains in general terms of what is measured and why.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

Databases

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)
Purpose

• Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

• Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use. Migration to a new support (PROGNOZ).

Data management

• Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

General Government National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

Objectives and outputs

• The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

• Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

• ANA - SNA

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Extension the collection of data for EE countries, in particular for Brazil, India

Household Assets and Liabilities (annual and quarterly)
Purpose

• This data collection aims at better knowing the households’ behavior vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 – Households.

• An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

• The database has been updated up to 2011 for all OECD countries.

• A better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities currently transmitted by OECD countries has been achieved.

• Quarterly data received from most OECD countries have been added to the database and stored in the QASA browser for the first time in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is expected to continue to improve the level of details (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (Russia, Key Partner countries).

• If resources permit, quarterly data will continue to be processed and, if so, they will be used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection

• Improvement in the level of details

OECD Financial Dashboard
Purpose

• The recent financial and economic crises have underlined the importance of monitoring financial activity and position of the various institutional sectors of national economies.

• The OECD Financial Dashboard has been created to respond to users' questions and needs for relevant indicators based on timely, frequent and comparable financial statistics.

Objectives and outputs

• The financial indicators are constructed from financial accounts and from financial balance sheets to analyse the behaviour and performance of the various institutional sectors and to carry out cross-country comparisons.

• Eleven financial indicators derived from financial balance sheets, national accounts and the institutional investors' assets datasets have been added to the Dashboard in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Financial Dashboard

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New financial indicators for the Households' sector will be added to the Financial Dashboard in 2013.

Data collection

• Collection of 2012 financial accounts and financial balance sheets data which enable the calculation of financial indicators for the year 2012.

Quarterly National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide a real time update of member and non-member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

• To provide external users a selection of key long time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of data for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

• The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on the international system of national accounts (SNA 1993, SNA 2008). It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible (and even before for a few countries), a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries and Key Partners.

• Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts data.

• The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue to extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

• Expand the geographical coverage of the QNA database by including more updated data from Key Partner countries and remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Quarterly Public Sector Debt
Purpose

• The Public Sector Debt Statistics Database was launched in December 2010 and was initially focused on developing and emerging economies, and is now being expanded to the advanced economies. The launch of the database is one of the recommendations in the G-20 Data Gaps Initiative (Recommendation 18). This Initiative has been endorsed by G-20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and also by the IMF’s International Monetary and Financial Committee.

• The request covers total general government and public sector debt, broken down by details on instruments, maturity, the residence of creditor, and currency. While data are generally recorded at nominal value, there is a supplementary item for data on debt securities to be shown at market value. Data are to be provided for the various institutional levels, specifically central government, general government, and, if possible, the public sector, where available.

Objectives and outputs

• Collect detailed and comparable quarterly data on the General Government Debt, the Central Government Debt and more broadly the Public Sector Debt for all OECD countries.

• Since January 2013, 33 OECD countries have provided detailed data on General and Central government debt. Russia participates in this initiative as well.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa.

Databases

• Quarterly Public Sector Debt (7PSD)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• All OECD countries except Chile provide the OECD/WB/IMF with quarterly data on Public Sector Debt.

• Eurostat participates in this initiative for some EU countries by prefilling the PSD questionnaire with Maastricht debt data.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 has identified Sector accounts (annual and quarterly) as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• The collection of data relating to Quarterly financial accounts and quarterly financial balance sheets, launched in 2011, and stored in the new QASA browser, will continue in cooperation with ECB (for EU countries).

• The aim is to better cover all OECD countries, including EU countries, and, when data are available, also key partner countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some improvement are expected regarding non-EU countries. For EU countries data, which are transmitted by the ECB once validated, it is hoped that pending problems will be rapidly solved.

Data collection

• It is expected to improve the coverage of this database (countries, sectors and instruments) and to solve issues relating to the ECB cooperation.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Non-Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide non-financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 identified Sector accounts as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Continue to collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries in close collaboration with Eurostat; Collect non-EU QSA data through standard questionnaires.

• Release publishable QSA data in OECD.stat and feed the IMF PGI- website with the G20 QSA data.

• Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue collecting data from non-EU countries which have not yet transmitted data to the OECD through the standard questionnaire.

• Extend the release of QSA data on OECD.Stat with new publishable data.

• Continue to feed the IMF PGI-website with G20 QSA data.

STAN Input-Output database
Purpose

• To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

• The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Other, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

• STAN Input-Output database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expand the country coverage (e.g. non-OECD EU countries).

• Use latest Supply-Use tables (SUTs) to produce harmonised I-O tables for 2008-09. especially for EU countries.

• Continue to develop and improve the Inter-Country I-O (ICIO) model which combines the I-O tables, Supply-Use tables and bilateral trade by industry data to produce the key underlying source for production of Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
 
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship
Purpose

• To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

• To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

• The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

• The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

• Business Demography statistics include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and high growth firms - all based on the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

• The publication Entrepreneurship at a Glance, published annually, presents the original collection of business demography indicators and structural statistics on businesses by size class.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovenia Former

Databases

• SDBS - Business Demography Indicators

• SDBS – Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2013 include:

- the extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;

- the publication of the third issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in June 2013.

Data collection

• Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
1.1 Population and migration (OECD)
International Migration
 Purpose

• To produce consistent and annual international migration data for OECD member countries and some non-member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international migration data.

Objectives and outputs

• Updating and extending the International Migration Database available via OECD.Stat and publishing an extensive statistical annex in the annual report "International Migration Outlook" (IMO), which contains the most recent available data on migration flows, foreign and immigrant populations, foreign workers, naturalisations and foreign students.

• Producing and improving standardised long-term and temporary inflows series by category and publishing in the IMO and OECD.Stat. Categories for long-term flows include work, family, humanitarian, free circulation; Categories for temporary workers include students, trainees, seasonal workers, working holiday makers, intra-company transfers.

• Updating the Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC) for the years 2005/06.

• Publication of the OECD SEM Working Paper “Are Recent Immigrants Different? A New Profile of Immigrants in the OECD (DIOC 2005/06)”.

• The current version of DIOC-E (release 3.0) covers information on 32 OECD and 68 non-OECD destination countries, including country of birth, sex, educational attainment level, age, labour force status and occupation. Dissemination of DIOC-E (release 3.0) and publication of the OECD Working Paper "International Migrants in Developed, Emerging and Developing Countries: An Extended Profile" (see www.oecd.org/migration/dioc/extended).

• Publication "Global Profile of Diasporas. How to better mobilise migrant skills" (forthcoming)

• Collection of thematic indicators of integration of immigrants and their children for a publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Databases

• Database on Immigrants in OECD Countries (DIOC).

• Database on international migration statistics

• Standardised migration flows

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Project to disseminate quarterly statistics on labour market outcomes of immigrants.

• Develop mechanism to improve and streamline the production of the harmonised statistics.

• Publication on the indicators of integration of immigrants and their children (published end of 2012).

 Population Projections
Purpose

Maintain a population projections database to achieve transparency in the use of population projections within OECD.

Objectives and outputs

Expansion of the database.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

 

MEI SQL

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

Update the database with UN revised data for the non-member countries data and national statistical sites for members countries data.1.2 Labour (OECD)

Annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable annual labour force statistics covering long time series for internal OECD users (in particular, the Economics Department), member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key annual statistics on population, labour force, employment and unemployment. This database contains annual statistics for OECD member countries comprising: population, total employment, unemployment, civilian employment by sectors, part-time employment. Published output also includes comparative tables for the main components of the labour force.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for OECD-Total, Euro area and European Union, Brazil, Russian Federation and South Africa. Time series cover 20 years for most countries. The long time-series for the data presented facilitate identification of structural changes in labour force over time.

• Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in the compilation of the statistics published in the ALFS and available in OECD.stat.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• Annual Labour Force Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Organise the download of data from Eurostat

Data collection

• Targeted countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response.

Infra-annual Labour Force Statistics
Purpose

• To provide relevant, reliable key infra-annual labour force statistics such as employment and unemployment (levels, rates) for internal OECD users, member country government agencies and other external users in academic institutions and private enterprise.

Objectives and outputs

• The main objective is to provide long time series for key infra-annual labour statistics as well as timely short-term indicators on the labour force such as employment and unemployment. Data are disseminated in the OECD Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, a monthly press release on harmonised unemployment and on OECD.Stat.

• The MEI database contains monthly, quarterly and annual indicators on employment, unemployment, labour compensation and for some countries indicators on vacancies, hours worked, labour disputes, etc.

• Data are available for all OECD member countries and for key series (employment, unemployment, hourly earnings) aggregates for OECD-Total, Major seven, OECD-Europe, EU27 and Euro area and for selected non-member countries.

• In the MEI series are accompanied by summary metadata outlining key concepts, coverage, etc. Published output are also accompanied by target OECD and ILO international statistical standards (definitions, etc) and summary methodological information (national definitions, coverage, collection, calculation, series breaks, sources) used by individual OECD member countries in data compilation.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• ALFS_POP_VITAL ALFS_POP_LABOUR ALFS_EMP ALFS_SUMTAB

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• During 2013 it is intended that the quarterly employment statistical release will be developed to include a greater analytical component.

Data collection

• Small number of countries slow at responding to the annual questionnaire will be requested to speed up their response. The collection of further data and metadata for NMEs, in particular, China and India.

Labour Market Statistics
Purpose

• To produce a comprehensive set of statistics to monitor labour market developments in OECD countries, while enhancing their international comparability.

• To monitor the current jobs crisis and subsequent jobs recovery.

• To provide statistical information to undertake labour market analyses and policy formulation to be discussed at international meetings on labour policies.

• To provide background information for preparatory work for international statistical guidelines.

Objectives and outputs

• Regular collection, production and dissemination of labour statistics on labour market outcomes and performance (i.e. earnings levels, earnings distribution, etc.) and institutional variables (i.e. minimum wages, stock of participants and expenditure on labour market programmes - LMP data, EPL index, trade union membership, collective bargaining coverage, etc.) to serve as an analytical basis for labour market analysis.

• Data are used to produce the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook and the internal and external on-line Labour Force Statistics database stored on OECD.Stat (Key Employment Statistics and www.oecd.org/els/employment/data).

• Some of the data series are reported in the OECD Main Economic Indicators database (http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx) and in the OECD Annual Labour Force Statistics publication.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Labour Market Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The expansion of the LFS database will gain momentum to improve country coverage and comparability regarding job tenure, hours worked, minimum wages and wage earnings data and to compile data in the area of youth and workforce ageing, broader measures of unemployment, etc.

• Time permitting a closer look at statistics to characterize informal employment will be attempted based on existing international guidelines on this subject.

• Work underway to consolidate earnings related statistics and to improve their comparability. A data assessment report has been provided to the EC regarding the comparability of earnings data reported in the OECD Earnings Distribution database.

• Continuation of the assessment of annual working time statistics to improve their international comparability with the aim of publishing of comparable estimates on annual hours actually worked per employed person in the statistical annex of the Employment Outlook.

• Revisions of metadata as appropriate on labour market statistics on OECD.Stat for internal and external web based dissemination.

Unit Labour Costs
Purpose

• To maintain and expand the OECD System of Unit Labour Cost and Related Indicators, which brings together a wide range of data sources for all OECD member countries. A set of internationally comparable quarterly unit labour cost (ULC) indexes for eight economic activities (ULC) indexes are produced together with annual series for ULC, Labour productivity, Labour Compensation (including PPP adjusted), Labour Income shares and Exchange rate adjusted ULC.

• In addition, early estimates of quarterly ULCs are produced at t+75 (as a target) and disseminated via a media release.

• At the same time, labour compensation statistics are updated an on-going basis every month, as an input to the MEI publications.

• The quarterly ULCs provide the inputs to the Economics Department for production of their real effective exchange rates competitiveness indicators.

Objectives and outputs

• The key objectives of 2012 were to review the quality and comparability of established production system. Early estimates of quarterly (EEQ) ULCs were developed which improve the timeliness, comparability with those produced by ECB, and analytical capacity of the existing ULCs. The EEQ ULCs are compiled indirect method which means that seasonally adjusted (SA) ULCs are compiled from SA component series collected from NSOs as much as possible. At the same time, ULC media release is revised. In addition, annual data was prepared for publication in the OECD Factbook 2013 and OECD Compendium of Productivity Indicators 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Cyprus, Lithuania, Malta, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Major tasks in 2013 will consist in enhancing the quality of ULCs and harmonise ULCs with other products within and outside the OECD (data, methodology, etc.). Tasks will be:

- Review possibility to harmonise methodologies with other products within the OECD, e.g. productivity database; reflect on changes regarding new member countries, data, classifications into OECD ULCs.

- Investigate possibility to develop new ULC data (results can be summarised in writing if possible): Accession country, i.e. Russian Federation; Enhanced engagement countries and non-OECD G20 countries (i.e. Saudi Arabia and Argentina).

- Draft notes and overview documents on: key issues in the policy debate as concerns competitiveness (with particular view on quarterly ULC press release); areas where and ideas how the methodology of OECD ULC data can be improved (based on review of economic and statistical literature); ideas how to extend the ULC indicators to other competitiveness indicators (based on review of economic and statistical literature).

Data collection

• Major task will be the incorporation of the very large number of new series into the on-going MEI data collection processes.1.3 Education (OECD)

AHELO (Assessment of Higher Education Learning Outcomes) Feasibility Study
 Purpose

• The purpose of the AHELO feasibility study is to assess whether it is possible to measure what undergraduate degree students know and can do at the international level, in order to provide better information to higher education institutions, governments and other stakeholders, including students and employers. This will entail an evaluation of the scientific feasibility of undertaking an international assessment of higher education learning outcomes (in generic and subject-specific skills) at the end of a Bachelor’s degree programme, as well as gauging the feasibility of its practical implementation.

Objectives and outputs

• In 2012, the assessment instruments developed in 2011 were implemented internationally in 249 institutions from the 17 participating countries and regions. The data were then analysed by the AHELO Consortium and the first volume of the AHELO feasibility study final report was released in December 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Colombia, Egypt, Other, Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Technically, the AHELO feasibility study has now been completed in December 2012 with the completion of AHELO contracts.

• Work in 2013 will only involve

- the preparation of the remaining volumes of the AHELO feasibility study reports

- and their discussion at a conference to be held on 12-13 March 2013 in Paris.

Education (INES activities)
Purpose

• To produce and publish indicators and analysis on the operation, evolution and impact of education, from early childhood through formal education to learning and training throughout life. The collected data cover the outputs of educational institutions, the policy levers that shape educational outputs, the human and financial resources invested in education, structural characteristics of education systems, and the economic and social outcomes of education.

Objectives and outputs
 

• Production of indicators on the financing of education, participation in and graduation from education. Indicators on educational attainment of the adult population and associated labour market outcomes, teacher salaries and work conditions, and instruction time are provided by INES Networks LSO (Labour Market, Economic and Social Outcomes of Learning) and NESLI (Collection and Adjudication of System-level descriptive Information on Educational Structures, Policies and Practices).

- The main publication is "Education at a Glance".

- In the 2012 edition, new indicators focus on:

 

- the effect of the global recession on education expenditures;

 

- the state of early childhood education systems around the world;

 

- intergenerational mobility in higher education among different socio-economic groups;

 

- the impact of education on macroeconomic outcomes, such as GDP;

 

- the specific factors that influence the level of education spending in different countries;

 

- career expectations among boys and girls at age 15, as compared to higher education graduation rates by field;

 

- the makeup of the teaching force in different countries and training requirements to enter the teaching profession; and

 

- the impact of examinations on access to secondary and higher education.

• Ongoing methodological work includes: students' mobility and graduation comparability study, conceptual framework for the measurement of knowledge and skills, development of efficiency measures and consolidation of tertiary indicators. The UOE data collection is under revision because of the implementation of ISCED 2011. New questionnaires will be available in May 2014.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

Education database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Education database will benefit from the OECD.Stat and MetaStore developments. Trend data will be reviewed. Data and indicator development will include improving the quality and relevance of the tertiary indicators on entry, graduation, tuition fees and student mobility, further developing the indicators on educational efficiency and on upper secondary completion rates . A programme of work will also continue to review comparability issues with the international education classification (ISCED) and to develop solutions to tackle these.

Data collection

• New quality and timeliness standards for data collection and indicator compilation will be introduced.

 

• Inclusion of a new questionnaire on non-teaching staff.

Data management

• None

 
Education and Social Progress
Purpose

• Education and Social Progress (ESP) project will:

 

- analyse the role cognitive and non-cognitive skills play in fostering measures of well-being and social progress in OECD countries; and

- identify how skills that matter can be better developed in formal, non-formal and informal learning environments including family, school and the community.

Objectives and outputs
 

• This project is specifically designed to treat multiplicity of skills, diverse life-outcomes and causal effects. We shed light on the multi-dimensional nature of skills by analysing batteries of non-cognitive skills as well as cognitive skills. We demonstrate the wider-benefits of skills by incorporating a variety of social outcomes in addition to education and labour market outcomes. We tackle the issue of causality by employing longitudinal data in dynamic latent factor models that assume many of the key inputs (i.e. skills and learning contexts) to be unobserved and some observed inputs to be endogenous and measured with significant errors. In this way, the ESP project will make a unique contribution to the scientific literature at the intersection of education, economics and personality psychology. The key policy messages derived from the conceptual and empirical analyses will be the main outcomes of the project. Note that this project is expected to contribute to strengthening the conceptual framework and evidence-base that underlies the OECD’s Skills Strategy.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

 
Indicators on Skills, Mobility and Job Quality
Purpose

• To provide OECD members with a statistical tool for better understanding the relationship between skills mobility and job quality at the local level. This activity has contributed to the OECD Skills Strategy and part of the data is published on the skills.oecd.org website

Objectives and outputs

• LEED has developed a statistical diagnostic tool to better understand the balance between skills supply and demand at sub-regional level. In 2011-12 this tool is being applied in a broad set of countries, drawing on available data at TL3 level to produce composite indicators of supply and demand. Data is being collected for a number of indicators including qualification levels, productivity, occupational structure, wages and unemployment at sub-regional level and analysed by the Secretariat. The work has fed into the OECD Skills Strategy and the results are available at the skills.oecd.org website. The website will be updated as soon as new results are produced

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Additional tests for the identification of benchmarking groups

Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA)
Purpose

• The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) was created by the OECD member countries in 1997 to produce direct assessments of student performance, on a regular basis in an efficient, timely and cost-effective manner; and to provide more relevant and powerful indicators of human capital. PISA produces assessments of reading literacy, mathematical literacy, scientific literacy and a growing range of cross-curricular competencies among 15-year-olds in school.

Objectives and outputs

• The results of the 5th PISA cycle, PISA 2012, will be published in December 2013. The initial report will provide comparisons and progress reports of 15-year old students’ knowledge and skills in reading, mathematics and science (with a focus on mathematics) in the 64 countries that participated in PISA 2012, including all 34 OECD countries. In several volumes, the initial report will look at how successful countries are at moderating the impact of social background and improving equity in the distribution of learning opportunities, and how different education policies and practices shape learning outcomes. In addition, each month a short note on a specific policy-oriented topic is released in the PISA in Focus series.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Georgia, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Other, Panama, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, Slovenia Former, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

PISA 2009 international database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The main study of PISA 2012 was successfully conducted in 2012, thus preparing for the analysis and reporting of the results from December 2013 onwards in international as well as national reports. Preparation is underway for PISA 2015, which for the first time will have a computer-based assessment at its core, while maintaining measurement of trends to previous cycles and allowing for countries that are not ready for computer-based assessment to opt for a paper-based version. Preparations for an assessment of students’ collaborative problem-solving skills were initiated in 2012 and will continue in 2013 with the possibility of including the domain in the PISA 2015 survey.

Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC)

Purpose

 • To identify and measure differences between individuals and across countries in key competencies and other economic and social outcomes believed to underpin both personal and societal success; assess their impact on economic and social outcomes; assess the performance of education and training systems in generating the required competencies at the levels required by social and economic demands; and identify key policy levers that lead to enhancing competencies and their effective utilisation.

Objectives and outputs

• The main achievement for 2013 is to publish a report along with other derivative products on the PIAAC data collection conducted in 2011-2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Cyprus, Indonesia, Lithuania, Russian Federation, Singapore

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The first report on PIAAC will be republished along with other related products in October 2013.

Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS)
Purpose

• To provide data and indicators on the learning environment in schools and about the work environment of teachers, as part of the OECD education indicator work.

Objectives and outputs

• The further development of indicators and analysis of teachers, teaching and learning through further analysis of the first round of TALIS (thematic reports on the working experience of new teachers and on teaching practices and innovation) and preparation of a second round, for which data collection is scheduled to take place in 2012 and 2013. TALIS focuses on the learning environment in schools, sampling teachers and school principals and aims to provide cross-country data, indicators and analysis on factors influencing effective teaching and learning and the working environment of teachers. The focus for the core survey of second round is lower secondary (ISCED Level 2), though countries also have the option to survey elementary (ISCED Level 1) and upper secondary (ISECD Level 3) schools and to perform a school-level linkage with PISA 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Malaysia, Republic of Serbia

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No changes since the previous year; the programme is still in data collection mode for the main study.1.4 Health (OECD)

Health Care Quality Indicators
 Purpose

• The purpose of the Health Care Quality Indicators (HCQI) project is to develop a set of indicators that can be used to raise questions regarding quality of care across countries. They have been reported regularly in a chapter in Health at a Glance publication since 2007.

Objectives and outputs

• The entire HCQI database was made available in OECD.Stat for the first time in 2011. The comparability and quality of data were improved and the database was also expanded, covering patient safety indicators.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Cyprus, Indonesia, Latvia, Malta, Russian Federation, Singapore

Databases

• Health Care Quality Indicators

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The HCQI project is embarking on further development work with respect to indicator improvement and interpretation of cross country variations.

• The main focus is on:

• the development of patient safety and patient experience indicators, and

• the inclusion of data from additional countries.

• The HCQI project will also expand work in the construction of more direct measures of primary care quality especially on pharmaceutical prescription indicators.

Health Data
Purpose

• To provide policy makers and health researchers with a wide range of statistics on health and health systems to allow comparative analysis of different aspects of the performance of health systems. The database includes data on health status and risk factors to health, health care resources and activities, long-term care resources and activities, pharmaceutical consumption, health expenditure and financing, and health care quality. The data come from four questionnaires: 1) the OECD Health Data questionnaire; 2) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics; 3) the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO health accounts questionnaire; and 4) the OECD Health Care Quality Indicators questionnaire.

Objectives and outputs

• Progress was achieved in 2012 in improving the availability and comparability of data on different categories of doctors and nurses that are collected through the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire, and in collecting new data on the market share of generic pharmaceutical drugs.

• New editions of "Health at a Glance: Europe" and "Health at a Glance: Asia/Pacific" were released in November 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Data 2013

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Improving the availability and comparability of data on health inequalities (new data collection on inequalities in life expectancy and perceived health status by educational level), and the collection of a minimum dataset on waiting times for elective surgery.

 

• Implement the extension of the joint OECD/Eurostat/WHO (Europe) questionnaire on non-monetary health care statistics to include health care activities (in addition to health care resources).

 
Health Expenditure and Financing
Purpose

• To provide policy relevant, comparative data and analysis on health expenditure and financing, and to facilitate harmonisation across national health accounting practices. To provide data sources for research and to make country-specific health accounts data and analysis more widely available.

Objectives and outputs

• The seventh Joint OECD, Eurostat and WHO System Health Accounts (SHA) data collection was successfully implemented in 2012. It has improved the availability and comparability of health expenditure data published in OECD Health Data. A Health Expenditure and Financing database has been developed as a component of the OECD Statistical Information System. National Health Accounts Experts and others interested in accessing health accounts data can now do so using OECD.Stat and SourceOECD.

 

• Methodological developmental work has continued over recent years on a number of projects: Improving the Comparability and Availability of Private Health Expenditure; Development of Output based Health-Specific Purchasing Power Parities; Estimating Expenditure by Disease, Age and Gender; Improving the Estimates of Imports and Exports of Health Goods and Services; and Improving the Comparability of Expenditure on Over-the -counter Drugs.

 

• OECD, EUROSTAT and WHO collaborated to revise the System of Health Accounts methodology. This process was concluded in October 2011 with the publication of the new manual A System of Health Accounts 2011. Pilot studies are currently undertaken to test the implementation of the new manual.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Health Expenditure and Financing

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• In 2013, the eighth Joint OECD-Eurostat-WHO health accounts (SHA) data collection will take place. Previous improvements to the validation tools used both by the national compilers and the international organisations will continue to provide efficiency gains in the validation exercise and ultimately feed through to improved timeliness in dissemination of the data.

• A pilot test for the new version of the Joint Health Account Questionnaire (based on the 2011 version of the System of Health Account Manual) will be commenced in January.

Data collection

• No changes in questionnaire.1.5 Income and consumption (OECD)

Expert group on Income, Consumption and Wealth
1.6 Social protection (OECD)
Social Expenditure
Purpose

• The database has been developed to monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure as well as changes in its composition. SOCX includes historical series from 1980 reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and (mandatory and voluntary) private social expenditure at programme level classified under the major social policy areas. This version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. See www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure.

 Objectives and outputs

• SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and estimates for 2010-2012. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labour market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas.

• Social Expenditure Database: data collection (in co-operation with Eurostat for EU countries) and dissemination on the internet www.oecd.org/els/social/expenditure of expenditure data, programme by programme, grouped in the main expenditure categories, since 1980.

• In November 2012 the OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been updated together with the publication of a brief on Social spending after the crisis.

• The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) is available via the OECD statistical browser OECD.stat.

http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_AGG

http://dotstat.oecd.org/wbos/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=SOCX_DET 

• SOCX covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009/10 and for the first time includes estimates on total public social spending for 2010-2012.

• The SOCX methodological guide can be found in the OECD Working Paper #124 "Is the European welfare state really more expensive? Indicators on social spending, 1980-2012 and a manual to the OECD Social Expenditure database (SOCX)" .

 Databases

 • Social expenditures

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

• The work on short term public social spending projections will be carried on regularly to better monitor trends in aggregate social expenditure.

 • Possibility of inclusion of net social spending indicators into OECD.stat.

 Data collection

• A questionnaire on Aggregated Social Expenditure Data will be sent at the beginning of 2013 within the framework of the regular update on projections on national aggregates for 2012 and estimates for 2013.


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
 
Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government
Purpose

• To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on sub-central deficits and debt, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance (fiscal rules).

 Objectives and outputs

• Collection and user-friendly presentation of decentralisation indicators.

Databases

• Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data are updated annually. In 2013, data on deficit, debt, and fiscal rules will be available, presented in a user-friendly way on the Fiscal Network's own website.

Revenue Statistics
Purpose

• This annual publication presents a unique set of internationally comparable data on tax revenue levels and tax structures in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards. It also provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes.

• Data on government sector receipts and in particular on taxes are essential inputs to many structural economic analyses of individual countries and are increasingly used in international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories representing the different bases on which taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in four separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on an accrual basis. The 2013 edition will therefore comprise:

- A commentary on the overall trends over 45 years in levels f the tax burden, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for OECD as a whole and for individual member countries.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1965-2012.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each member country for the years 1965-2012 plus some information on how countries finance their social benefits and on social security contributions paid by the general government.

- Comparative tables showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and its Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a definition of both high level and specific tax issues.

• Special features covering specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

• Revenue Statistics

 Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early website publication of the latest results to September - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

• Consideration will be given to changing the presentation of the data so that the data for the latest year is no longer marked as provisional.

• There is also a project being conducted with the IMF to investigate the potential for a joint data collection template for OECD Revenue statistics and the IMF's Government Finance Statistics.

Revenue Statistics in Latin America
Purpose

• A strong set of comparative data is key to facilitating fiscal policy dialogue and the assessment of alternative fiscal reforms. 'Revenue Statistics in Latin America is joint publication by the OECD, the inter-American Centre for Tax Administrations (CIAT) and the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC). The second edition published in November 2012 provided internationally comparable data on tax levels and tax structures for some 15 Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) countries.

• The publication follows the model of the OECD Revenue Statistics database which is based on the OECD Interpretative Guide - a well-established methodology which provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. By extending this OECD methodology to LAC countries, Revenue Statistics in Latin America enables meaningful cross-country comparisons about tax levels and structures not only between LAC economies, but also, for the first time, between them and OECD countries (including Chile and Mexico).

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories essentially representing the different bases on which the taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income, profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in five separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on a cash basis. The second edition comprised:

- A commentary on the overall trends in levels of tax burden over 200 years, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for 15 LAC countries and the OECD as a whole.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1990 to 2010 for the same groups plus Portugal and Spain.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each of the selected LAC countries for the years 1990-2010.

- A comparative table showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

- A special feature titled 'Taxation and SMEs in Latin America'.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and is Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a discussion of both high level and specific classification issues.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

• Revenue Statistics in Latin America

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues

• Approach countries asking them to supply the relevant data directly to the OECD or to verify/validate the data assembled by the OECD.

Data collection

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues.

Tax Rates
Purpose

• The OECD tax database provides a comprehensive set of comparative statistics to support tax policy makers, academics and other organisations doing research into tax policy, journalists and other commentators.

• The information covers data on:

- Tax revenue statistics

- Personal taxes

- Corporate and capital income taxes

- Taxes on consumption

Objectives and outputs

• The following represents a summary of the outputs containing comparative data for OECD countries that are included in the database:

- OECD Revenue statistics - a subset of the main comparative tables contained in this publication

- Personal income taxes

- Basic income tax rates and thresholds from 1981 onwards including information on maximum and minimum sub-central government rates; top marginal rates for a single individual

- Rates and provisions for social security contributions paid by employees, employers and the self-employed from 1981 onwards

- Various tables relating to the tax burden on wage income based on the Taxing Wages framework

- An analysis of non-tax compulsory payments which do not qualify as taxes in 2012.

- Corporate and capital income taxes - standard statutory corporate income tax rates from 1981 onwards; information on small business tax rates and other targeted provisions; corporate tax rates relating to sub-central governments including information on minimum and maximum rates; effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to residential share-holders.

- Consumption taxes - rates of Value Added Tax (VAT) (from 1976 onwards) including information on reduced rates; registration thresholds for entities participating in the VAT regime plus rates and thresholds for excise taxes (from 23003 onwards) covering alcoholic beverages, tobacco and mineral oils.

Databases

• OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some re-designing of the website to make the presentation clearer.

Taxing Wages
Purpose

• This publication provides details of taxes paid on wages in OECD countries. It covers:

- Personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees

- Social security contributions and payroll taxes paid by employers

- Cash benefits received by in-work families

• The purpose is to illustrate how these taxes and benefits are calculated in each member country and to examine how they impact on household incomes. The results also enable quantitative cross-country comparisons of labour cost levels and the overall tax and benefit position of single persons and families on different levels of earnings.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual publication details shows amounts of taxes and social security contributions levied and cash benefits received for 8 different family types which vary by a combination of household composition and level of earnings. It also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates (i.e. the tax burden);

- Average tax rates show that part of gross wage earnings or total labour costs which is taken in tax and social security contributions (both before and after cash benefits).

- Marginal tax rates show the part of a small increase in of gross earnings or total labour costs that is paid in these levies.

- The definition of an average worker is based on Sectors B-N in ISIC4 for the purposes of these calculations.

• The 2012 Report will contain:

- A review of the main comparative results for 2011 and 2012.

- A graphical exposition of the tax burden between 50% and 250% of average earnings

- Historical trends for 2000-2012

- Descriptions of tax/benefit systems for each country together with the associated tax burden results.

- A special feature titled 'Average personal income tax rate and tax wedge progression'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early web-based publication of the latest results to March - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

Benefits and Wages
Purpose

• Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, the online "tax-benefit calculator" and tax-benefit models for 33 OECD and an additional 6 EU countries are available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and are updated annually.

• The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

 • Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage has been extended to include a 2011 model for Chile. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia.

• An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models ("tax-benefit calculator") is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. Also available on this web page are country files and model output for 39 countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

• Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• On-line publication of 2011 tax-benefit models, country files and an expanded range of work incentive and income adequacy indicators for 39 countries. Ad hoc update of policy summary tables. Development of 2012 models for 39 countries (plus adding Chile years prior to 2011 for Chile). Continue up-date of synthetic earnings distribution data, by gender, to latest post-crisis year available.

Data collection

• include Chile.


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database
 Purpose

• Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

• Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Improve reporting and timeliness at an activity level.

• Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases
 

• Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• No major changes.

 
Database on Country Programmable Aid and Forward Spending Survey (CPA-FSS database)
Purpose

• Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA – official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

• The database is also used to store and analyse the data collected in the annual DAC Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans (FSS) for the annual DAC Report on Aid Predictability.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients.

• To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the Reports on Division of Labour and Multilateral Aid.

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on future aid flows based on the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA.

• Improved coverage and comprehensiveness of data collected in the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries
Purpose

• The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

• Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.

• Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

• Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Continue with converging DAC data collections (CRS and DAC); converged directives for approval; further work on improving access and dissemination of data; continue sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

• Continue work on non-ODA flows which examines types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

 

• DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work).

PARIS21 Partnership in Statistics for Development in the 21st Century
Purpose

• PARIS21 is a partnership of national, regional and international statisticians, policy makers, analysts, development professionals and other users and producers of statistics, including civil society. PARIS21's goal is to help build statistical capacities in developing countries.

Objectives and outputs

• PARIS21 activities focus on assisting all low-income and lower middle income countries in the design, implementation, and monitoring of National Strategies for the Development of Statistics (NSDS). PARIS21 carries out this work through (i) facilitating the co-ordination of stakeholders to better address an evolving agenda, (ii) advocating for increased involvement of national stakeholders in statistical development and enhancing the status of statistics in major international initiatives, (iii) promoting better-quality and effectively implemented NSDSs, and (iv) stimulating increased demand for and better use of data. Co-ordination activities include the annual Partner Report on Support to Statistics, which provides an inventory of global support to statistical development, and the creation of national (country-donor) partnerships to discuss statistical issues. Advocacy activities have included the production of national booklets promoting the importance of statistics in poverty reduction decision-making processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Throughout 2013, PARIS21 and its partners will update and enrich the NSDS guidelines to include best practices collected over the past several years. PARIS21 will also integrate the activities of the Busan Action Plan for Statistics into its regular work programme, which will include developing best practices in reconciling official statistical systems with the innovations of Big Data.

Balance of Payments

 

Purpose

 

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance an income flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries. Create new dataset according to new BPM6 in order to accommodate countries having already moved to the new standard.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

 

Balance of Payments

MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be elaborated in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

 

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment
Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

Following the Council recommendation of 2008:

to continue work on Research Agenda;

• to promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;

• to establish a communication strategy for revised standards;

• to promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Establishing a clear communications strategy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;

Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.

Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

Implementing a new database.

Establishing new data transmission facilities using SDMX

 

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics and SDMX
Purpose

The purpose of this activity is to compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD and non-OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on FDI flows and stocks to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries. Statistics are used regularly for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, World

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Creation of a new database

Implementation of SDMX

Pilot tests

 

Data collection:

 

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Foreign Direct Investment Trends: OECD Indicators
Purpose

A new publication providing at a glance type indicators accompanied by short description of trends and definitions as well as country profiles for 34 OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

To provide an up to date analytical tool for informed policy making.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Survey of Implementation of Methodological Standards for Direct Investment- 2nd edition (SIMSDI-2)
Purpose

The primary purpose of SIMSDI, in accordance with the OECD Council recommendation of 22 May 2008 (and of 1995), is to regularly review national practices applied by OECD and non-OECD countries to compile foreign direct investment (FDI) statistics and to provide an objective benchmarking tool to assess the extent of the implementation of international standards recommended by the OECD and the IMF. SIMSDI also provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of FDI statistics. SIMSDI is the assessment tool of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment.

Objectives and outputs

SIMSDI, based on a standard questionnaire, allows compiling comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and a large number of non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in FDI statistics. SIMSDI allows monitoring the methodological improvements over time of the countries included in the survey. SIMSDI also provides valuable information to OECD for the revision of international methodological standards, namely on the difficulties experienced by national compilers when implementing some of the recommendations or the relevance/irrelevance of some guidelines as economic factors may change over time. SIMSDI results are analysed in "Foreign Direct Investment Statistics: How countries measure FDI" (OECD and IMF countries) and in How South Eastern Countries Measure FDI Statistics".

The SIMSDI questionnaire was revised to incorporate the revisions of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Complete the creation and implementation of the SIMSDI database in a new IT environment. Incorporate data capturing features which can be accessed by reporting countries.

 

International Trade in Goods
Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics

Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

HS 2012 and SITC rev.4 will be implemented in COPRA and OECD.STAT in cooperation with UNSD.

OECD will participate to the TF which is setting up the merchandise trade DSD for SDMX.

In the context of the 2013-2014 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be continued on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services
Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 34 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual (except for Australia that already moved to BPM6) and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 33 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services. Contribute to the Trade in services compilation Guide. Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)

OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be finalised in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

 

Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

 

Continue Implementing EBOPS 2010 in Statworks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards.

 

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.

 

Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index. Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

 

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

 

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Update merged Trade in Services by category and by partner country in order which saves resources to be allocated to the development of databases and metadata related to the new standards.

 

Cooperate with WTO to elaborate the annual World Matrix of bilateral services flows.

 

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire will be asked to fill it in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format.

 

Monthly International Trade

 

Purpose

 

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of trade press release. Online availability of OECD’s detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Slovenia Former

 

Databases

 

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

No major changes.

 

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

 

Purpose

 

The STRI database will be a unique resource providing internationally comparable current information on regulatory policies affecting trade in services.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

The main achievements for 2012 are:

 

• first indicators for the pilot sectors finalised

 

data collection for the new sectors has started

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Albania, Brazil, China, Croatia, India, Indonesia, Macedonia, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Databases

 

Not yet available.

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

The regulatory database for the pilot sectors has been finalised during the first half of 2012. A first version of the interface developed by the OECD for dissemination of qualitative information is under development. The coverage of the new sectors has already started.

 

Data collection:

New sectors will be included and double the number of sectors covered. 


2.7 Prices (OECD)
 
Price Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices (CPI and Producer Price Indices) for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

 

• Revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services.

 

Databases

 

• MEI

 

• MEI_PRICE

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• finalisation of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.

 

• continue to improve the dissemination of price indices

 

Data management:

 

• Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

 

Purchasing Power Parities

 

Purpose

 

• Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Publication of the revised version of the Eurostat OECD PPP Manual December 2012.

 

• Calculate preliminary 2011 PPP detailed benchmark results - December 2012.

 

• Organisation of the data collection for the 2014 round which started in 2012 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).

 

• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed.

 

• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.

 

• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs.

 

Databases

 

• ANA

 

• Purchasing Power Parities

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health for all countries participating in the Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison. Implementation december 2013

 

• Calculation of the final detailed PPP results of the 2011 Round to be used as the input for the worldwide ICP Results - December 2013.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
 
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• ANBERD industries are presented in ISIC revision 3. A new edition in ISIC rev. 4 will be released in 2013.

 

Biotechnology

 

Purpose

 

• To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.

 

• OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

 

• Key Biotechnology Statistics is updated annually and published online.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Additional countries.

 

Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

Indicators on high-technology sectors will switch from being reported on an ISIC Rev. 3 to an ISIC Rev. 4 basis.

 

Patent Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T/Entrepreneurship policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

 

• Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

 

• Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

 

• "Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

 

• The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

 

• A matching exercise has been performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) is made available to researchers. It is currently being used to build new indicators at the firm level.

 

• Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

 

• Regular conferences on IP-related statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, Eurostat, JPO, KIPO, NSF, USPTO and WIPO.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, G20, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent office’s); development of further patent indicators (e.g. patent quality and radicalness); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

 

• Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ECO, ENV, GOV, STD) expected in 2013.

 

• Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

 

• Another matching exercise is experimented to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

 

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual “R&D Statistics” and the biannual “Main S&T Indicators” publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Plan to publish some more ISIC Rev. 4 figures, depending on the availability of data at the national level.

 

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database. The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

 

• Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa.



2. Economic Statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys
Purpose

• To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

• To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are updated and published monthly. Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

• During the year 2010 the OECD evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. In 2013 the OECD will participate in an international review aiming at producing a handbook on Business Tendency and Consumer Confidence Surveys building in large part on existing OECD and EC handbooks.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The review of the code re-structuring continues (started in 2012), aiming at a more streamlined production database.

• OECD will provide the chapter on questionnaire design for the new/revised BTS and CS handbook, and act as a reviewer for other chapters.

Main economic indicators
Purpose

• The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

 Objectives and outputs

 Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and Key Partner on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

 Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

 There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

 Non-member countries involved in the activity

 Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 Databases

 Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

 Subject areas are now responsible individually.

 Data collection

 On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

 There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

 Real-time and Revisions Database
Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

No major changes.

STAN Database for Industrial Analysis
Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

STAN Database for industrial Analysis

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Continued development and update of the latest version of STAN based on ISIC Rev. 4. with statistics to 2011. Inclusion of non-Member countries, where possible. Completion and validation of national classification to ISIC Rev. 4 conversion keys for non-EU countries Cooperation with World KLEMS project. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper. Development and dissemination of indicators by industrial activity based on STAN.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
 
Annual National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

• To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

• Main series of the SNA database are presented using an "indicator" approach in the publication National accounts at a Glance, focusing on cross-country comparisons. In this publication each indicator is associated to a text which explains in general terms of what is measured and why.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

Databases

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)
Purpose

• Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

• Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use. Migration to a new support (PROGNOZ).

Data management

• Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

General Government National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

Objectives and outputs

• The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

• Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

• ANA - SNA

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Extension the collection of data for EE countries, in particular for Brazil, India

Household Assets and Liabilities (annual and quarterly)
Purpose

• This data collection aims at better knowing the households’ behavior vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 – Households.

• An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

• The database has been updated up to 2011 for all OECD countries.

• A better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities currently transmitted by OECD countries has been achieved.

• Quarterly data received from most OECD countries have been added to the database and stored in the QASA browser for the first time in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is expected to continue to improve the level of details (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (Russia, Key Partner countries).

• If resources permit, quarterly data will continue to be processed and, if so, they will be used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection

• Improvement in the level of details

OECD Financial Dashboard
Purpose

• The recent financial and economic crises have underlined the importance of monitoring financial activity and position of the various institutional sectors of national economies.

• The OECD Financial Dashboard has been created to respond to users' questions and needs for relevant indicators based on timely, frequent and comparable financial statistics.

Objectives and outputs

• The financial indicators are constructed from financial accounts and from financial balance sheets to analyse the behaviour and performance of the various institutional sectors and to carry out cross-country comparisons.

• Eleven financial indicators derived from financial balance sheets, national accounts and the institutional investors' assets datasets have been added to the Dashboard in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Financial Dashboard

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New financial indicators for the Households' sector will be added to the Financial Dashboard in 2013.

Data collection

• Collection of 2012 financial accounts and financial balance sheets data which enable the calculation of financial indicators for the year 2012.

Quarterly National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide a real time update of member and non-member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

• To provide external users a selection of key long time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of data for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

• The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on the international system of national accounts (SNA 1993, SNA 2008). It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible (and even before for a few countries), a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries and Key Partners.

• Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts data.

• The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue to extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

• Expand the geographical coverage of the QNA database by including more updated data from Key Partner countries and remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Quarterly Public Sector Debt
Purpose

• The Public Sector Debt Statistics Database was launched in December 2010 and was initially focused on developing and emerging economies, and is now being expanded to the advanced economies. The launch of the database is one of the recommendations in the G-20 Data Gaps Initiative (Recommendation 18). This Initiative has been endorsed by G-20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and also by the IMF’s International Monetary and Financial Committee.

• The request covers total general government and public sector debt, broken down by details on instruments, maturity, the residence of creditor, and currency. While data are generally recorded at nominal value, there is a supplementary item for data on debt securities to be shown at market value. Data are to be provided for the various institutional levels, specifically central government, general government, and, if possible, the public sector, where available.

Objectives and outputs

• Collect detailed and comparable quarterly data on the General Government Debt, the Central Government Debt and more broadly the Public Sector Debt for all OECD countries.

• Since January 2013, 33 OECD countries have provided detailed data on General and Central government debt. Russia participates in this initiative as well.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa.

Databases

• Quarterly Public Sector Debt (7PSD)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• All OECD countries except Chile provide the OECD/WB/IMF with quarterly data on Public Sector Debt.

• Eurostat participates in this initiative for some EU countries by prefilling the PSD questionnaire with Maastricht debt data.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 has identified Sector accounts (annual and quarterly) as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• The collection of data relating to Quarterly financial accounts and quarterly financial balance sheets, launched in 2011, and stored in the new QASA browser, will continue in cooperation with ECB (for EU countries).

• The aim is to better cover all OECD countries, including EU countries, and, when data are available, also key partner countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some improvement are expected regarding non-EU countries. For EU countries data, which are transmitted by the ECB once validated, it is hoped that pending problems will be rapidly solved.

Data collection

• It is expected to improve the coverage of this database (countries, sectors and instruments) and to solve issues relating to the ECB cooperation.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Non-Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide non-financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 identified Sector accounts as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Continue to collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries in close collaboration with Eurostat; Collect non-EU QSA data through standard questionnaires.

• Release publishable QSA data in OECD.stat and feed the IMF PGI- website with the G20 QSA data.

• Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue collecting data from non-EU countries which have not yet transmitted data to the OECD through the standard questionnaire.

• Extend the release of QSA data on OECD.Stat with new publishable data.

• Continue to feed the IMF PGI-website with G20 QSA data.

STAN Input-Output database
Purpose

• To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

• The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Other, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

• STAN Input-Output database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expand the country coverage (e.g. non-OECD EU countries).

• Use latest Supply-Use tables (SUTs) to produce harmonised I-O tables for 2008-09. especially for EU countries.

• Continue to develop and improve the Inter-Country I-O (ICIO) model which combines the I-O tables, Supply-Use tables and bilateral trade by industry data to produce the key underlying source for production of Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
 
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship
Purpose

• To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

• To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

• The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

• The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

• Business Demography statistics include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and high growth firms - all based on the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

• The publication Entrepreneurship at a Glance, published annually, presents the original collection of business demography indicators and structural statistics on businesses by size class.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovenia Former

Databases

• SDBS - Business Demography Indicators

• SDBS – Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2013 include:

- the extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;

- the publication of the third issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in June 2013.

Data collection

• Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys
Purpose

• To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

• To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are updated and published monthly. Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

• During the year 2010 the OECD evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. In 2013 the OECD will participate in an international review aiming at producing a handbook on Business Tendency and Consumer Confidence Surveys building in large part on existing OECD and EC handbooks.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The review of the code re-structuring continues (started in 2012), aiming at a more streamlined production database.

• OECD will provide the chapter on questionnaire design for the new/revised BTS and CS handbook, and act as a reviewer for other chapters.

Main economic indicators
Purpose

• The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

 Objectives and outputs

 Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and Key Partner on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

 Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

 There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

 Non-member countries involved in the activity

 Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 Databases

 Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

 Subject areas are now responsible individually.

 Data collection

 On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

 There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

 Real-time and Revisions Database
Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

No major changes.

STAN Database for Industrial Analysis
Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

STAN Database for industrial Analysis

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Continued development and update of the latest version of STAN based on ISIC Rev. 4. with statistics to 2011. Inclusion of non-Member countries, where possible. Completion and validation of national classification to ISIC Rev. 4 conversion keys for non-EU countries Cooperation with World KLEMS project. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper. Development and dissemination of indicators by industrial activity based on STAN.2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)

 
Annual National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

• To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

• Main series of the SNA database are presented using an "indicator" approach in the publication National accounts at a Glance, focusing on cross-country comparisons. In this publication each indicator is associated to a text which explains in general terms of what is measured and why.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

Databases

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)
Purpose

• Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

• Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use. Migration to a new support (PROGNOZ).

Data management

• Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

General Government National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

Objectives and outputs

• The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

• Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

• ANA - SNA

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Extension the collection of data for EE countries, in particular for Brazil, India

Household Assets and Liabilities (annual and quarterly)
Purpose

• This data collection aims at better knowing the households’ behavior vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 – Households.

• An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

• The database has been updated up to 2011 for all OECD countries.

• A better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities currently transmitted by OECD countries has been achieved.

• Quarterly data received from most OECD countries have been added to the database and stored in the QASA browser for the first time in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is expected to continue to improve the level of details (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (Russia, Key Partner countries).

• If resources permit, quarterly data will continue to be processed and, if so, they will be used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection

• Improvement in the level of details

OECD Financial Dashboard
Purpose

• The recent financial and economic crises have underlined the importance of monitoring financial activity and position of the various institutional sectors of national economies.

• The OECD Financial Dashboard has been created to respond to users' questions and needs for relevant indicators based on timely, frequent and comparable financial statistics.

Objectives and outputs

• The financial indicators are constructed from financial accounts and from financial balance sheets to analyse the behaviour and performance of the various institutional sectors and to carry out cross-country comparisons.

• Eleven financial indicators derived from financial balance sheets, national accounts and the institutional investors' assets datasets have been added to the Dashboard in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Financial Dashboard

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New financial indicators for the Households' sector will be added to the Financial Dashboard in 2013.

Data collection

• Collection of 2012 financial accounts and financial balance sheets data which enable the calculation of financial indicators for the year 2012.

Quarterly National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide a real time update of member and non-member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

• To provide external users a selection of key long time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of data for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

• The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on the international system of national accounts (SNA 1993, SNA 2008). It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible (and even before for a few countries), a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries and Key Partners.

• Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts data.

• The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue to extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

• Expand the geographical coverage of the QNA database by including more updated data from Key Partner countries and remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Quarterly Public Sector Debt
Purpose

• The Public Sector Debt Statistics Database was launched in December 2010 and was initially focused on developing and emerging economies, and is now being expanded to the advanced economies. The launch of the database is one of the recommendations in the G-20 Data Gaps Initiative (Recommendation 18). This Initiative has been endorsed by G-20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and also by the IMF’s International Monetary and Financial Committee.

• The request covers total general government and public sector debt, broken down by details on instruments, maturity, the residence of creditor, and currency. While data are generally recorded at nominal value, there is a supplementary item for data on debt securities to be shown at market value. Data are to be provided for the various institutional levels, specifically central government, general government, and, if possible, the public sector, where available.

Objectives and outputs

• Collect detailed and comparable quarterly data on the General Government Debt, the Central Government Debt and more broadly the Public Sector Debt for all OECD countries.

• Since January 2013, 33 OECD countries have provided detailed data on General and Central government debt. Russia participates in this initiative as well.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa.

Databases

• Quarterly Public Sector Debt (7PSD)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• All OECD countries except Chile provide the OECD/WB/IMF with quarterly data on Public Sector Debt.

• Eurostat participates in this initiative for some EU countries by prefilling the PSD questionnaire with Maastricht debt data.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 has identified Sector accounts (annual and quarterly) as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• The collection of data relating to Quarterly financial accounts and quarterly financial balance sheets, launched in 2011, and stored in the new QASA browser, will continue in cooperation with ECB (for EU countries).

• The aim is to better cover all OECD countries, including EU countries, and, when data are available, also key partner countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some improvement are expected regarding non-EU countries. For EU countries data, which are transmitted by the ECB once validated, it is hoped that pending problems will be rapidly solved.

Data collection

• It is expected to improve the coverage of this database (countries, sectors and instruments) and to solve issues relating to the ECB cooperation.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Non-Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide non-financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 identified Sector accounts as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Continue to collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries in close collaboration with Eurostat; Collect non-EU QSA data through standard questionnaires.

• Release publishable QSA data in OECD.stat and feed the IMF PGI- website with the G20 QSA data.

• Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue collecting data from non-EU countries which have not yet transmitted data to the OECD through the standard questionnaire.

• Extend the release of QSA data on OECD.Stat with new publishable data.

• Continue to feed the IMF PGI-website with G20 QSA data.

STAN Input-Output database
Purpose

• To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

• The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Other, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

• STAN Input-Output database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expand the country coverage (e.g. non-OECD EU countries).

• Use latest Supply-Use tables (SUTs) to produce harmonised I-O tables for 2008-09. especially for EU countries.

• Continue to develop and improve the Inter-Country I-O (ICIO) model which combines the I-O tables, Supply-Use tables and bilateral trade by industry data to produce the key underlying source for production of Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators.2.3 Business statistics (OECD)

 
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship
Purpose

• To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

• To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

• The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

• The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

• Business Demography statistics include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and high growth firms - all based on the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

• The publication Entrepreneurship at a Glance, published annually, presents the original collection of business demography indicators and structural statistics on businesses by size class.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovenia Former

Databases

• SDBS - Business Demography Indicators

• SDBS – Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2013 include:

- the extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;

- the publication of the third issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in June 2013.

Data collection

• Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
2.4.1 Agriculture, forestry, fisheries (OECD)

 
OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook 2013-2022
Purpose

• To provide an annual update of statistical information and projections by country for OECD members, the OECD area, selected non-member countries, other developing and least developed countries and regional and world aggregates, of supply and use balances for cereals, oilseeds, biofuels, sugar, cotton, meats, dairy and fish products up to 2022.

Objectives and outputs

• To maintain a database with detailed supply and use information for most temperate zone agricultural commodities. The tables provide detailed information for production, consumption, trade, stocks and prices in OECD countries and a large number of other countries including China, Argentina, Brazil, India, South Africa, Russia and other CIS independent states and many smaller countries and regions in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Most series cover the period from 1970 to the most current year and include updated annual projections for up to ten years in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• The Agricultural Commodities Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Cotton

 
Data collection:
 

Cotton.

Producer and Consumer Support Estimates in OECD Countries and selected economies
Purpose

• To collect, process, evaluate and publish data on support to agriculture in OECD countries. The activity also provides staff with a database for various research and analysis activities of the Directorate. This is a joint activity between the "Agricultural Policies and Environment", the "Development" and the "Policies and Trade in Agriculture" Divisions of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate.

Objectives and outputs

• To update the Producer and Consumer Support Estimate annual database and to calculate the various indicators of support to agriculture. The data are used to evaluate agricultural and other policies in OECD countries, mainly in the annual Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries Report, which is reviewed and approved by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets.

• The data collected and the method used to calculate the indicators of support are reviewed both internally within TAD, and externally by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets, on an annual basis. These review processes improve the data quality as well as the methodology used in the calculations.

• In this context, a new classification of the component parts of the support estimates was implemented from the 2007 Agricultural Policies in OECD countries Monitoring and Evaluation report. The database was extended to cover the new member countries in 2009 and 2010. A user friendly tool is being developed on the website for greater availability of the quantitative and analytical information to the public.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, Cyprus, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The 2013 report covers the OECD countries as well as selected non-member economies.

• The major innovation will consist in integrating new non-member economies (Indonesia, Kazakhstan) in the database and analysis as well as pursuing developments to design the web site for improved dissemination of statistical information.

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries - 2013
Purpose

• To collect and present data for the publication Review of Fisheries. To provide staff, and other potential users, with a database for research and analysis purposes. The latter applies to the Policy Reviews as well as other activities of the Division. To provide other Directorates with data on fisheries resources.

Objectives and outputs

• The principal purpose is to collect and make available data on a consistent basis among member countries (and observers) of statistics relevant to fisheries i.e. landings (harvest) and processing, fleet, fishers, employment, trade (via the ITS database), aquaculture and government financial transfers. The data are used nationally, principally for reporting purposes and internationally (e.g. OECD), for analytical purposes. Data also serve as reference for other international organisations and as a means for cross-checking and reconciling information from national sources.

• Questionnaires and tables are sent (annually) to national correspondents following discussion and approval by the Committee for Fisheries. Data are collected and disseminated in the Review of Fisheries Statistics. Data published are also accessible via the public fisheries web site and more recent series through the Committee Web Site. At the international level co-ordination takes place among agencies involved in fisheries statistical programmes through the Co-ordinated Working Party (CWP) on Fisheries Statistics. The OECD is in close co-operation with the FAO and EUROSTAT in the collection of fisheries data. This is done, inter alia, with a view to avoid overlapping activities.

• The data collected (and the procedures) are reviewed by the Committee for Fisheries on an annual basis. Internationally, improvements are carried out through the CWP.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Thailand.

Databases
 

• Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries

Main Developments for 2013

• General aspects

• Continued improvements in metadata and comparison possibilities across member countries. The Government Financial Transfer (GFT) data are now included in the database. Data are now available to the public via the fisheries web site. Chinese Taipei and Thailand have been included since 2006, then Argentina.2.4.3 Mining, manufacturing, construction (OECD)

 
 
Steel
Purpose

• To provide the statistical background needed for policy discussions in the Steel Committee. Statistics are also produced for publications on steelmaking capacity in non-OECD economies.

 

Objectives and outputs

• A steel statistical report is produced two times a year in order to provide participants of the Steel Committee with a broad range of information on the world steel industry and related raw material markets. These statistics enhance transparency and facilitate discussion by member and non-member economies on challenging policy issues facing the industry. More specifically, the statistical work includes gathering data on steel supply (capacity, production), demand, prices, trade, employment, and trade policy measures, in addition to market data on raw materials used in steelmaking (iron ore, coal, coke, ferrous scrap, and ferroalloys).

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data coverage has slowly expanded over time, with data on safety and health indicators of steel industry workers now included.2.4.4 Transport (OECD)

 
Annual Transport Statistics
Purpose

• To provide annual transport information presenting disaggregated statistical data in the transport sector.

Objectives and outputs

• Data are collected in a harmonised way to facilitate comparisons between modes of transport and between countries by means of the Common Questionnaire developed jointly between three international organisations: Eurostat, ITF and UNECE.

• Data cover topics such as infrastructure, rolling stock, human resources, investment, transport, traffic and energy consumption for different inland transport modes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• ITF is developing a corporate database to integrate the information collected by means of the Common Questionnaire. According to new reorganisation the ITF corporate database will be transferred into OECD StatWorks during 2013. The data will therefore be available in OECD DotStat.

International Database of Taxes and Charges for Road Freight Transport
Purpose

• To provide indicators for efficiency and impact on competition of taxes and charges for transport in order to allow international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The report provides a framework for international comparisons and discusses the economic principles for efficient systems of taxation. It provides a basis for addressing the questions "what is the right level for transport taxes" and "what kinds of charges should be used".

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No major changes.

Investment in Transport Infrastructure
Purpose

• To provide an annual update of statistical information on transport infrastructure investment, for all ITF countries, on total gross investment and maintenance expenditure in current national prices.

Objectives and outputs

• After processing the data, quality checks are carried out to select reliable time series to be made available on the web site along with a short analysis of trends. Data is converted into current Euros and in constant prices.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data quality was improved by using more appropriated deflators when available.

 

• A Task Force has been launch in 2012 to provide recommendations to improve data quality.

Quarterly Transport Statistics
Purpose

• To provide harmonised information on selected basic quarterly indicators in order to compare the latest inland transport trends between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• To publish results every three months on the ITF web site, on a country by country basis with 4-5 months lag maximum (data for the first quarter is collected in June and published in July). Available series cover good transport in T-km, passenger transport in P-Km, road traffic in V-Km, brand new vehicles registration, car fuel consumption, road fatalities, imports and exports at current prices and industrial production.

• Country by country data tables are available, as well as graphs showing trends for both individual countries and selected groups of countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Starting mid 2009, an analytical report based on seasonally adjusted data is published each quarter on the ITF WEB site.

• Information on air and maritime transport are integrated in the analysis to provide a global view on the transport activity.

• An annual leaflet "key Transport Statistics" based on data for the 4 quarters is published each year in May for the ITF annual Summit in Leipzig.

Trends in the Transport Sector
Purpose

• To provide a first analysis of both passenger and freight transport trends, as well as road accident trends. A short list of selected indicators are collected for that purpose.

Objectives and outputs

• To publish an analysis of the transport situation in different geographical regions. The publication also gives the latest statistics on the situation of the transport market in ITF countries and presents charts which help to show what changes have occurred since 1970.

• Because it is published earlier than any other comparable study, this report provides first-hand figures about passenger and freight transport as well as road accidents.

• Since 2008 the publication also includes information on investment and maintenance expenses in transport infrastructures. For the 2013 edition investment data will be published separately.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine.

Databases

• Goods transport, Passenger transport and Injury accidents.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• A redesign of the publication is under review and should be in place for the 2013 edition already. It will provide historic tables for selected transport indicators as well as country tables showing the latest data for most variables with composed indicators.2.4.5 Tourism (OECD)

 
Tourism
Purpose

• To meet the 2012-2016 Mandate of the Tourism Committee: a) improve the measurement of tourism services in OECD economies by addressing government and industry information needs and promoting the tourism satellite account; b) contribute to the dissemination of data on tourism economics and to a more effective use of such data for business and policy analysis and decision-making processes; and c) work in complementarity with other international organisations.

 Objectives and outputs

• In 2013, the fourth edition of "OECD Tourism trends and policies 2014" will be launched. It will continue to be undertaken in cooperation with the European Committee. Around 50 countries will be covered. These data will be collected by two methods: a questionnaire will be addressed to countries; data extracted from OECD data bases. On the other hand, efforts will be made towards the dissemination of data and analysis on tourism economics at national and local levels. Special efforts will tend to promote the use of Tourism Satellite Account to public and private tourism stakeholders. In 2013, the activity on "Measuring tourism economic impacts at sub national level" will aim to propose orientations for statistical improvements and collect current initiatives and practices in this area.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Databases

• Tourism.2.4.6 Banking, insurance, financial statistics (OECD)

Short-Term Financial Indicators
Purpose

• To capture in quantitative terms an important but heterogeneous and fast evolving area of the financial markets.

 Objectives and outputs

• The Short Term Financial Indicators dataset contains financial statistics on four separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and Share Prices. In all cases considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series' data to aid with analysis.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• MEI_FIN2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)

 
Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government
Purpose

• To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on sub-central deficits and debt, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance (fiscal rules).

 Objectives and outputs

• Collection and user-friendly presentation of decentralisation indicators.

Databases

• Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data are updated annually. In 2013, data on deficit, debt, and fiscal rules will be available, presented in a user-friendly way on the Fiscal Network's own website.

Revenue Statistics
Purpose

• This annual publication presents a unique set of internationally comparable data on tax revenue levels and tax structures in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards. It also provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes.

• Data on government sector receipts and in particular on taxes are essential inputs to many structural economic analyses of individual countries and are increasingly used in international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories representing the different bases on which taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in four separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on an accrual basis. The 2013 edition will therefore comprise:

- A commentary on the overall trends over 45 years in levels f the tax burden, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for OECD as a whole and for individual member countries.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1965-2012.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each member country for the years 1965-2012 plus some information on how countries finance their social benefits and on social security contributions paid by the general government.

- Comparative tables showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and its Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a definition of both high level and specific tax issues.

• Special features covering specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

• Revenue Statistics

 Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early website publication of the latest results to September - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

• Consideration will be given to changing the presentation of the data so that the data for the latest year is no longer marked as provisional.

• There is also a project being conducted with the IMF to investigate the potential for a joint data collection template for OECD Revenue statistics and the IMF's Government Finance Statistics.

Revenue Statistics in Latin America
Purpose

• A strong set of comparative data is key to facilitating fiscal policy dialogue and the assessment of alternative fiscal reforms. 'Revenue Statistics in Latin America is joint publication by the OECD, the inter-American Centre for Tax Administrations (CIAT) and the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC). The second edition published in November 2012 provided internationally comparable data on tax levels and tax structures for some 15 Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) countries.

• The publication follows the model of the OECD Revenue Statistics database which is based on the OECD Interpretative Guide - a well-established methodology which provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. By extending this OECD methodology to LAC countries, Revenue Statistics in Latin America enables meaningful cross-country comparisons about tax levels and structures not only between LAC economies, but also, for the first time, between them and OECD countries (including Chile and Mexico).

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories essentially representing the different bases on which the taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income, profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in five separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on a cash basis. The second edition comprised:

- A commentary on the overall trends in levels of tax burden over 200 years, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for 15 LAC countries and the OECD as a whole.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1990 to 2010 for the same groups plus Portugal and Spain.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each of the selected LAC countries for the years 1990-2010.

- A comparative table showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

- A special feature titled 'Taxation and SMEs in Latin America'.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and is Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a discussion of both high level and specific classification issues.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

• Revenue Statistics in Latin America

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues

• Approach countries asking them to supply the relevant data directly to the OECD or to verify/validate the data assembled by the OECD.

Data collection

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues.

Tax Rates
Purpose

• The OECD tax database provides a comprehensive set of comparative statistics to support tax policy makers, academics and other organisations doing research into tax policy, journalists and other commentators.

• The information covers data on:

- Tax revenue statistics

- Personal taxes

- Corporate and capital income taxes

- Taxes on consumption

Objectives and outputs

• The following represents a summary of the outputs containing comparative data for OECD countries that are included in the database:

- OECD Revenue statistics - a subset of the main comparative tables contained in this publication

- Personal income taxes

- Basic income tax rates and thresholds from 1981 onwards including information on maximum and minimum sub-central government rates; top marginal rates for a single individual

- Rates and provisions for social security contributions paid by employees, employers and the self-employed from 1981 onwards

- Various tables relating to the tax burden on wage income based on the Taxing Wages framework

- An analysis of non-tax compulsory payments which do not qualify as taxes in 2012.

- Corporate and capital income taxes - standard statutory corporate income tax rates from 1981 onwards; information on small business tax rates and other targeted provisions; corporate tax rates relating to sub-central governments including information on minimum and maximum rates; effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to residential share-holders.

- Consumption taxes - rates of Value Added Tax (VAT) (from 1976 onwards) including information on reduced rates; registration thresholds for entities participating in the VAT regime plus rates and thresholds for excise taxes (from 23003 onwards) covering alcoholic beverages, tobacco and mineral oils.

Databases

• OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some re-designing of the website to make the presentation clearer.

Taxing Wages
Purpose

• This publication provides details of taxes paid on wages in OECD countries. It covers:

- Personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees

- Social security contributions and payroll taxes paid by employers

- Cash benefits received by in-work families

• The purpose is to illustrate how these taxes and benefits are calculated in each member country and to examine how they impact on household incomes. The results also enable quantitative cross-country comparisons of labour cost levels and the overall tax and benefit position of single persons and families on different levels of earnings.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual publication details shows amounts of taxes and social security contributions levied and cash benefits received for 8 different family types which vary by a combination of household composition and level of earnings. It also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates (i.e. the tax burden);

- Average tax rates show that part of gross wage earnings or total labour costs which is taken in tax and social security contributions (both before and after cash benefits).

- Marginal tax rates show the part of a small increase in of gross earnings or total labour costs that is paid in these levies.

- The definition of an average worker is based on Sectors B-N in ISIC4 for the purposes of these calculations.

• The 2012 Report will contain:

- A review of the main comparative results for 2011 and 2012.

- A graphical exposition of the tax burden between 50% and 250% of average earnings

- Historical trends for 2000-2012

- Descriptions of tax/benefit systems for each country together with the associated tax burden results.

- A special feature titled 'Average personal income tax rate and tax wedge progression'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early web-based publication of the latest results to March - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

Benefits and Wages
Purpose

• Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, the online "tax-benefit calculator" and tax-benefit models for 33 OECD and an additional 6 EU countries are available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and are updated annually.

• The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

 • Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage has been extended to include a 2011 model for Chile. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia.

• An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models ("tax-benefit calculator") is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. Also available on this web page are country files and model output for 39 countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

• Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• On-line publication of 2011 tax-benefit models, country files and an expanded range of work incentive and income adequacy indicators for 39 countries. Ad hoc update of policy summary tables. Development of 2012 models for 39 countries (plus adding Chile years prior to 2011 for Chile). Continue up-date of synthetic earnings distribution data, by gender, to latest post-crisis year available.

Data collection

• include Chile.2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)

Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database
 Purpose

• Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

• Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Improve reporting and timeliness at an activity level.

• Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases
 

• Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• No major changes.

 
Database on Country Programmable Aid and Forward Spending Survey (CPA-FSS database)
Purpose

• Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA – official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

• The database is also used to store and analyse the data collected in the annual DAC Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans (FSS) for the annual DAC Report on Aid Predictability.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients.

• To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the Reports on Division of Labour and Multilateral Aid.

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on future aid flows based on the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA.

• Improved coverage and comprehensiveness of data collected in the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries
Purpose

• The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

• Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.

• Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

• Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Continue with converging DAC data collections (CRS and DAC); converged directives for approval; further work on improving access and dissemination of data; continue sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

• Continue work on non-ODA flows which examines types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

 

• DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work).

PARIS21 Partnership in Statistics for Development in the 21st Century
Purpose

• PARIS21 is a partnership of national, regional and international statisticians, policy makers, analysts, development professionals and other users and producers of statistics, including civil society. PARIS21's goal is to help build statistical capacities in developing countries.

Objectives and outputs

• PARIS21 activities focus on assisting all low-income and lower middle income countries in the design, implementation, and monitoring of National Strategies for the Development of Statistics (NSDS). PARIS21 carries out this work through (i) facilitating the co-ordination of stakeholders to better address an evolving agenda, (ii) advocating for increased involvement of national stakeholders in statistical development and enhancing the status of statistics in major international initiatives, (iii) promoting better-quality and effectively implemented NSDSs, and (iv) stimulating increased demand for and better use of data. Co-ordination activities include the annual Partner Report on Support to Statistics, which provides an inventory of global support to statistical development, and the creation of national (country-donor) partnerships to discuss statistical issues. Advocacy activities have included the production of national booklets promoting the importance of statistics in poverty reduction decision-making processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Throughout 2013, PARIS21 and its partners will update and enrich the NSDS guidelines to include best practices collected over the past several years. PARIS21 will also integrate the activities of the Busan Action Plan for Statistics into its regular work programme, which will include developing best practices in reconciling official statistical systems with the innovations of Big Data.

Balance of Payments

 

Purpose

 

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance an income flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries. Create new dataset according to new BPM6 in order to accommodate countries having already moved to the new standard.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

 

Balance of Payments

MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be elaborated in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

 

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment
Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

Following the Council recommendation of 2008:

to continue work on Research Agenda;

• to promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;

• to establish a communication strategy for revised standards;

• to promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Establishing a clear communications strategy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;

Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.

Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

Implementing a new database.

Establishing new data transmission facilities using SDMX

 

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics and SDMX
Purpose

The purpose of this activity is to compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD and non-OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on FDI flows and stocks to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries. Statistics are used regularly for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, World

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Creation of a new database

Implementation of SDMX

Pilot tests

 

Data collection:

 

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Foreign Direct Investment Trends: OECD Indicators
Purpose

A new publication providing at a glance type indicators accompanied by short description of trends and definitions as well as country profiles for 34 OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

To provide an up to date analytical tool for informed policy making.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Survey of Implementation of Methodological Standards for Direct Investment- 2nd edition (SIMSDI-2)
Purpose

The primary purpose of SIMSDI, in accordance with the OECD Council recommendation of 22 May 2008 (and of 1995), is to regularly review national practices applied by OECD and non-OECD countries to compile foreign direct investment (FDI) statistics and to provide an objective benchmarking tool to assess the extent of the implementation of international standards recommended by the OECD and the IMF. SIMSDI also provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of FDI statistics. SIMSDI is the assessment tool of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment.

Objectives and outputs

SIMSDI, based on a standard questionnaire, allows compiling comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and a large number of non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in FDI statistics. SIMSDI allows monitoring the methodological improvements over time of the countries included in the survey. SIMSDI also provides valuable information to OECD for the revision of international methodological standards, namely on the difficulties experienced by national compilers when implementing some of the recommendations or the relevance/irrelevance of some guidelines as economic factors may change over time. SIMSDI results are analysed in "Foreign Direct Investment Statistics: How countries measure FDI" (OECD and IMF countries) and in How South Eastern Countries Measure FDI Statistics".

The SIMSDI questionnaire was revised to incorporate the revisions of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Complete the creation and implementation of the SIMSDI database in a new IT environment. Incorporate data capturing features which can be accessed by reporting countries.

 

International Trade in Goods
Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics

Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

HS 2012 and SITC rev.4 will be implemented in COPRA and OECD.STAT in cooperation with UNSD.

OECD will participate to the TF which is setting up the merchandise trade DSD for SDMX.

In the context of the 2013-2014 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be continued on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services
Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 34 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual (except for Australia that already moved to BPM6) and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 33 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services. Contribute to the Trade in services compilation Guide. Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)

OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be finalised in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

 

Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

 

Continue Implementing EBOPS 2010 in Statworks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards.

 

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.

 

Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index. Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

 

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

 

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Update merged Trade in Services by category and by partner country in order which saves resources to be allocated to the development of databases and metadata related to the new standards.

 

Cooperate with WTO to elaborate the annual World Matrix of bilateral services flows.

 

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire will be asked to fill it in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format.

 

Monthly International Trade

 

Purpose

 

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of trade press release. Online availability of OECD’s detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Slovenia Former

 

Databases

 

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

No major changes.

 

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

 

Purpose

 

The STRI database will be a unique resource providing internationally comparable current information on regulatory policies affecting trade in services.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

The main achievements for 2012 are:

 

• first indicators for the pilot sectors finalised

 

data collection for the new sectors has started

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Albania, Brazil, China, Croatia, India, Indonesia, Macedonia, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Databases

 

Not yet available.

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

The regulatory database for the pilot sectors has been finalised during the first half of 2012. A first version of the interface developed by the OECD for dissemination of qualitative information is under development. The coverage of the new sectors has already started.

 

Data collection:

New sectors will be included and double the number of sectors covered. 2.7 Prices (OECD)

 
Price Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices (CPI and Producer Price Indices) for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

 

• Revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services.

 

Databases

 

• MEI

 

• MEI_PRICE

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• finalisation of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.

 

• continue to improve the dissemination of price indices

 

Data management:

 

• Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

 

Purchasing Power Parities

 

Purpose

 

• Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Publication of the revised version of the Eurostat OECD PPP Manual December 2012.

 

• Calculate preliminary 2011 PPP detailed benchmark results - December 2012.

 

• Organisation of the data collection for the 2014 round which started in 2012 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).

 

• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed.

 

• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.

 

• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs.

 

Databases

 

• ANA

 

• Purchasing Power Parities

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health for all countries participating in the Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison. Implementation december 2013

 

• Calculation of the final detailed PPP results of the 2011 Round to be used as the input for the worldwide ICP Results - December 2013.2.9 Science and technology (OECD)

 
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• ANBERD industries are presented in ISIC revision 3. A new edition in ISIC rev. 4 will be released in 2013.

 

Biotechnology

 

Purpose

 

• To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.

 

• OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

 

• Key Biotechnology Statistics is updated annually and published online.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Additional countries.

 

Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

Indicators on high-technology sectors will switch from being reported on an ISIC Rev. 3 to an ISIC Rev. 4 basis.

 

Patent Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T/Entrepreneurship policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

 

• Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

 

• Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

 

• "Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

 

• The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

 

• A matching exercise has been performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) is made available to researchers. It is currently being used to build new indicators at the firm level.

 

• Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

 

• Regular conferences on IP-related statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, Eurostat, JPO, KIPO, NSF, USPTO and WIPO.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, G20, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent office’s); development of further patent indicators (e.g. patent quality and radicalness); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

 

• Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ECO, ENV, GOV, STD) expected in 2013.

 

• Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

 

• Another matching exercise is experimented to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

 

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual “R&D Statistics” and the biannual “Main S&T Indicators” publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Plan to publish some more ISIC Rev. 4 figures, depending on the availability of data at the national level.

 

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database. The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

 

• Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa.


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
 
Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government
Purpose

• To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on sub-central deficits and debt, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance (fiscal rules).

 Objectives and outputs

• Collection and user-friendly presentation of decentralisation indicators.

Databases

• Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data are updated annually. In 2013, data on deficit, debt, and fiscal rules will be available, presented in a user-friendly way on the Fiscal Network's own website.

Revenue Statistics
Purpose

• This annual publication presents a unique set of internationally comparable data on tax revenue levels and tax structures in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards. It also provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes.

• Data on government sector receipts and in particular on taxes are essential inputs to many structural economic analyses of individual countries and are increasingly used in international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories representing the different bases on which taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in four separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on an accrual basis. The 2013 edition will therefore comprise:

- A commentary on the overall trends over 45 years in levels f the tax burden, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for OECD as a whole and for individual member countries.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1965-2012.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each member country for the years 1965-2012 plus some information on how countries finance their social benefits and on social security contributions paid by the general government.

- Comparative tables showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and its Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a definition of both high level and specific tax issues.

• Special features covering specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

• Revenue Statistics

 Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early website publication of the latest results to September - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

• Consideration will be given to changing the presentation of the data so that the data for the latest year is no longer marked as provisional.

• There is also a project being conducted with the IMF to investigate the potential for a joint data collection template for OECD Revenue statistics and the IMF's Government Finance Statistics.

Revenue Statistics in Latin America
Purpose

• A strong set of comparative data is key to facilitating fiscal policy dialogue and the assessment of alternative fiscal reforms. 'Revenue Statistics in Latin America is joint publication by the OECD, the inter-American Centre for Tax Administrations (CIAT) and the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC). The second edition published in November 2012 provided internationally comparable data on tax levels and tax structures for some 15 Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) countries.

• The publication follows the model of the OECD Revenue Statistics database which is based on the OECD Interpretative Guide - a well-established methodology which provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. By extending this OECD methodology to LAC countries, Revenue Statistics in Latin America enables meaningful cross-country comparisons about tax levels and structures not only between LAC economies, but also, for the first time, between them and OECD countries (including Chile and Mexico).

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories essentially representing the different bases on which the taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income, profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in five separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on a cash basis. The second edition comprised:

- A commentary on the overall trends in levels of tax burden over 200 years, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for 15 LAC countries and the OECD as a whole.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1990 to 2010 for the same groups plus Portugal and Spain.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each of the selected LAC countries for the years 1990-2010.

- A comparative table showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

- A special feature titled 'Taxation and SMEs in Latin America'.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and is Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a discussion of both high level and specific classification issues.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

• Revenue Statistics in Latin America

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues

• Approach countries asking them to supply the relevant data directly to the OECD or to verify/validate the data assembled by the OECD.

Data collection

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues.

Tax Rates
Purpose

• The OECD tax database provides a comprehensive set of comparative statistics to support tax policy makers, academics and other organisations doing research into tax policy, journalists and other commentators.

• The information covers data on:

- Tax revenue statistics

- Personal taxes

- Corporate and capital income taxes

- Taxes on consumption

Objectives and outputs

• The following represents a summary of the outputs containing comparative data for OECD countries that are included in the database:

- OECD Revenue statistics - a subset of the main comparative tables contained in this publication

- Personal income taxes

- Basic income tax rates and thresholds from 1981 onwards including information on maximum and minimum sub-central government rates; top marginal rates for a single individual

- Rates and provisions for social security contributions paid by employees, employers and the self-employed from 1981 onwards

- Various tables relating to the tax burden on wage income based on the Taxing Wages framework

- An analysis of non-tax compulsory payments which do not qualify as taxes in 2012.

- Corporate and capital income taxes - standard statutory corporate income tax rates from 1981 onwards; information on small business tax rates and other targeted provisions; corporate tax rates relating to sub-central governments including information on minimum and maximum rates; effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to residential share-holders.

- Consumption taxes - rates of Value Added Tax (VAT) (from 1976 onwards) including information on reduced rates; registration thresholds for entities participating in the VAT regime plus rates and thresholds for excise taxes (from 23003 onwards) covering alcoholic beverages, tobacco and mineral oils.

Databases

• OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some re-designing of the website to make the presentation clearer.

Taxing Wages
Purpose

• This publication provides details of taxes paid on wages in OECD countries. It covers:

- Personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees

- Social security contributions and payroll taxes paid by employers

- Cash benefits received by in-work families

• The purpose is to illustrate how these taxes and benefits are calculated in each member country and to examine how they impact on household incomes. The results also enable quantitative cross-country comparisons of labour cost levels and the overall tax and benefit position of single persons and families on different levels of earnings.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual publication details shows amounts of taxes and social security contributions levied and cash benefits received for 8 different family types which vary by a combination of household composition and level of earnings. It also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates (i.e. the tax burden);

- Average tax rates show that part of gross wage earnings or total labour costs which is taken in tax and social security contributions (both before and after cash benefits).

- Marginal tax rates show the part of a small increase in of gross earnings or total labour costs that is paid in these levies.

- The definition of an average worker is based on Sectors B-N in ISIC4 for the purposes of these calculations.

• The 2012 Report will contain:

- A review of the main comparative results for 2011 and 2012.

- A graphical exposition of the tax burden between 50% and 250% of average earnings

- Historical trends for 2000-2012

- Descriptions of tax/benefit systems for each country together with the associated tax burden results.

- A special feature titled 'Average personal income tax rate and tax wedge progression'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early web-based publication of the latest results to March - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

Benefits and Wages
Purpose

• Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, the online "tax-benefit calculator" and tax-benefit models for 33 OECD and an additional 6 EU countries are available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and are updated annually.

• The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

 • Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage has been extended to include a 2011 model for Chile. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia.

• An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models ("tax-benefit calculator") is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. Also available on this web page are country files and model output for 39 countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

• Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• On-line publication of 2011 tax-benefit models, country files and an expanded range of work incentive and income adequacy indicators for 39 countries. Ad hoc update of policy summary tables. Development of 2012 models for 39 countries (plus adding Chile years prior to 2011 for Chile). Continue up-date of synthetic earnings distribution data, by gender, to latest post-crisis year available.

Data collection

• include Chile.


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database
 Purpose

• Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

• Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Improve reporting and timeliness at an activity level.

• Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases
 

• Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• No major changes.

 
Database on Country Programmable Aid and Forward Spending Survey (CPA-FSS database)
Purpose

• Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA – official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

• The database is also used to store and analyse the data collected in the annual DAC Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans (FSS) for the annual DAC Report on Aid Predictability.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients.

• To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the Reports on Division of Labour and Multilateral Aid.

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on future aid flows based on the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA.

• Improved coverage and comprehensiveness of data collected in the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries
Purpose

• The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

• Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.

• Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

• Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Continue with converging DAC data collections (CRS and DAC); converged directives for approval; further work on improving access and dissemination of data; continue sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

• Continue work on non-ODA flows which examines types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

 

• DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work).

PARIS21 Partnership in Statistics for Development in the 21st Century
Purpose

• PARIS21 is a partnership of national, regional and international statisticians, policy makers, analysts, development professionals and other users and producers of statistics, including civil society. PARIS21's goal is to help build statistical capacities in developing countries.

Objectives and outputs

• PARIS21 activities focus on assisting all low-income and lower middle income countries in the design, implementation, and monitoring of National Strategies for the Development of Statistics (NSDS). PARIS21 carries out this work through (i) facilitating the co-ordination of stakeholders to better address an evolving agenda, (ii) advocating for increased involvement of national stakeholders in statistical development and enhancing the status of statistics in major international initiatives, (iii) promoting better-quality and effectively implemented NSDSs, and (iv) stimulating increased demand for and better use of data. Co-ordination activities include the annual Partner Report on Support to Statistics, which provides an inventory of global support to statistical development, and the creation of national (country-donor) partnerships to discuss statistical issues. Advocacy activities have included the production of national booklets promoting the importance of statistics in poverty reduction decision-making processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Throughout 2013, PARIS21 and its partners will update and enrich the NSDS guidelines to include best practices collected over the past several years. PARIS21 will also integrate the activities of the Busan Action Plan for Statistics into its regular work programme, which will include developing best practices in reconciling official statistical systems with the innovations of Big Data.

Balance of Payments

 

Purpose

 

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance an income flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries. Create new dataset according to new BPM6 in order to accommodate countries having already moved to the new standard.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

 

Balance of Payments

MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be elaborated in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

 

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment
Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

Following the Council recommendation of 2008:

to continue work on Research Agenda;

• to promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;

• to establish a communication strategy for revised standards;

• to promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Establishing a clear communications strategy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;

Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.

Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

Implementing a new database.

Establishing new data transmission facilities using SDMX

 

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics and SDMX
Purpose

The purpose of this activity is to compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD and non-OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on FDI flows and stocks to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries. Statistics are used regularly for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, World

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Creation of a new database

Implementation of SDMX

Pilot tests

 

Data collection:

 

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Foreign Direct Investment Trends: OECD Indicators
Purpose

A new publication providing at a glance type indicators accompanied by short description of trends and definitions as well as country profiles for 34 OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

To provide an up to date analytical tool for informed policy making.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Survey of Implementation of Methodological Standards for Direct Investment- 2nd edition (SIMSDI-2)
Purpose

The primary purpose of SIMSDI, in accordance with the OECD Council recommendation of 22 May 2008 (and of 1995), is to regularly review national practices applied by OECD and non-OECD countries to compile foreign direct investment (FDI) statistics and to provide an objective benchmarking tool to assess the extent of the implementation of international standards recommended by the OECD and the IMF. SIMSDI also provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of FDI statistics. SIMSDI is the assessment tool of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment.

Objectives and outputs

SIMSDI, based on a standard questionnaire, allows compiling comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and a large number of non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in FDI statistics. SIMSDI allows monitoring the methodological improvements over time of the countries included in the survey. SIMSDI also provides valuable information to OECD for the revision of international methodological standards, namely on the difficulties experienced by national compilers when implementing some of the recommendations or the relevance/irrelevance of some guidelines as economic factors may change over time. SIMSDI results are analysed in "Foreign Direct Investment Statistics: How countries measure FDI" (OECD and IMF countries) and in How South Eastern Countries Measure FDI Statistics".

The SIMSDI questionnaire was revised to incorporate the revisions of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Complete the creation and implementation of the SIMSDI database in a new IT environment. Incorporate data capturing features which can be accessed by reporting countries.

 

International Trade in Goods
Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics

Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

HS 2012 and SITC rev.4 will be implemented in COPRA and OECD.STAT in cooperation with UNSD.

OECD will participate to the TF which is setting up the merchandise trade DSD for SDMX.

In the context of the 2013-2014 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be continued on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services
Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 34 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual (except for Australia that already moved to BPM6) and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 33 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services. Contribute to the Trade in services compilation Guide. Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)

OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be finalised in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

 

Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

 

Continue Implementing EBOPS 2010 in Statworks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards.

 

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.

 

Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index. Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

 

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

 

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Update merged Trade in Services by category and by partner country in order which saves resources to be allocated to the development of databases and metadata related to the new standards.

 

Cooperate with WTO to elaborate the annual World Matrix of bilateral services flows.

 

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire will be asked to fill it in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format.

 

Monthly International Trade

 

Purpose

 

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of trade press release. Online availability of OECD’s detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Slovenia Former

 

Databases

 

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

No major changes.

 

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

 

Purpose

 

The STRI database will be a unique resource providing internationally comparable current information on regulatory policies affecting trade in services.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

The main achievements for 2012 are:

 

• first indicators for the pilot sectors finalised

 

data collection for the new sectors has started

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Albania, Brazil, China, Croatia, India, Indonesia, Macedonia, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Databases

 

Not yet available.

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

The regulatory database for the pilot sectors has been finalised during the first half of 2012. A first version of the interface developed by the OECD for dissemination of qualitative information is under development. The coverage of the new sectors has already started.

 

Data collection:

New sectors will be included and double the number of sectors covered. 


2.7 Prices (OECD)
 
Price Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices (CPI and Producer Price Indices) for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

 

• Revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services.

 

Databases

 

• MEI

 

• MEI_PRICE

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• finalisation of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.

 

• continue to improve the dissemination of price indices

 

Data management:

 

• Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

 

Purchasing Power Parities

 

Purpose

 

• Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Publication of the revised version of the Eurostat OECD PPP Manual December 2012.

 

• Calculate preliminary 2011 PPP detailed benchmark results - December 2012.

 

• Organisation of the data collection for the 2014 round which started in 2012 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).

 

• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed.

 

• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.

 

• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs.

 

Databases

 

• ANA

 

• Purchasing Power Parities

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health for all countries participating in the Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison. Implementation december 2013

 

• Calculation of the final detailed PPP results of the 2011 Round to be used as the input for the worldwide ICP Results - December 2013.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
 
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• ANBERD industries are presented in ISIC revision 3. A new edition in ISIC rev. 4 will be released in 2013.

 

Biotechnology

 

Purpose

 

• To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.

 

• OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

 

• Key Biotechnology Statistics is updated annually and published online.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Additional countries.

 

Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

Indicators on high-technology sectors will switch from being reported on an ISIC Rev. 3 to an ISIC Rev. 4 basis.

 

Patent Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T/Entrepreneurship policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

 

• Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

 

• Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

 

• "Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

 

• The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

 

• A matching exercise has been performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) is made available to researchers. It is currently being used to build new indicators at the firm level.

 

• Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

 

• Regular conferences on IP-related statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, Eurostat, JPO, KIPO, NSF, USPTO and WIPO.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, G20, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent office’s); development of further patent indicators (e.g. patent quality and radicalness); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

 

• Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ECO, ENV, GOV, STD) expected in 2013.

 

• Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

 

• Another matching exercise is experimented to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

 

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual “R&D Statistics” and the biannual “Main S&T Indicators” publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Plan to publish some more ISIC Rev. 4 figures, depending on the availability of data at the national level.

 

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database. The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

 

• Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa.



3. Environment and multi-domain statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys
Purpose

• To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

• To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are updated and published monthly. Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

• During the year 2010 the OECD evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. In 2013 the OECD will participate in an international review aiming at producing a handbook on Business Tendency and Consumer Confidence Surveys building in large part on existing OECD and EC handbooks.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The review of the code re-structuring continues (started in 2012), aiming at a more streamlined production database.

• OECD will provide the chapter on questionnaire design for the new/revised BTS and CS handbook, and act as a reviewer for other chapters.

Main economic indicators
Purpose

• The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

 Objectives and outputs

 Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and Key Partner on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

 Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

 There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

 Non-member countries involved in the activity

 Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 Databases

 Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

 Subject areas are now responsible individually.

 Data collection

 On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

 There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

 Real-time and Revisions Database
Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

No major changes.

STAN Database for Industrial Analysis
Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

STAN Database for industrial Analysis

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Continued development and update of the latest version of STAN based on ISIC Rev. 4. with statistics to 2011. Inclusion of non-Member countries, where possible. Completion and validation of national classification to ISIC Rev. 4 conversion keys for non-EU countries Cooperation with World KLEMS project. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper. Development and dissemination of indicators by industrial activity based on STAN.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
 
Annual National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

• To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

• Main series of the SNA database are presented using an "indicator" approach in the publication National accounts at a Glance, focusing on cross-country comparisons. In this publication each indicator is associated to a text which explains in general terms of what is measured and why.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

Databases

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)
Purpose

• Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

• Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use. Migration to a new support (PROGNOZ).

Data management

• Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

General Government National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

Objectives and outputs

• The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

• Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

• ANA - SNA

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Extension the collection of data for EE countries, in particular for Brazil, India

Household Assets and Liabilities (annual and quarterly)
Purpose

• This data collection aims at better knowing the households’ behavior vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 – Households.

• An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

• The database has been updated up to 2011 for all OECD countries.

• A better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities currently transmitted by OECD countries has been achieved.

• Quarterly data received from most OECD countries have been added to the database and stored in the QASA browser for the first time in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is expected to continue to improve the level of details (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (Russia, Key Partner countries).

• If resources permit, quarterly data will continue to be processed and, if so, they will be used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection

• Improvement in the level of details

OECD Financial Dashboard
Purpose

• The recent financial and economic crises have underlined the importance of monitoring financial activity and position of the various institutional sectors of national economies.

• The OECD Financial Dashboard has been created to respond to users' questions and needs for relevant indicators based on timely, frequent and comparable financial statistics.

Objectives and outputs

• The financial indicators are constructed from financial accounts and from financial balance sheets to analyse the behaviour and performance of the various institutional sectors and to carry out cross-country comparisons.

• Eleven financial indicators derived from financial balance sheets, national accounts and the institutional investors' assets datasets have been added to the Dashboard in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Financial Dashboard

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New financial indicators for the Households' sector will be added to the Financial Dashboard in 2013.

Data collection

• Collection of 2012 financial accounts and financial balance sheets data which enable the calculation of financial indicators for the year 2012.

Quarterly National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide a real time update of member and non-member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

• To provide external users a selection of key long time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of data for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

• The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on the international system of national accounts (SNA 1993, SNA 2008). It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible (and even before for a few countries), a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries and Key Partners.

• Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts data.

• The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue to extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

• Expand the geographical coverage of the QNA database by including more updated data from Key Partner countries and remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Quarterly Public Sector Debt
Purpose

• The Public Sector Debt Statistics Database was launched in December 2010 and was initially focused on developing and emerging economies, and is now being expanded to the advanced economies. The launch of the database is one of the recommendations in the G-20 Data Gaps Initiative (Recommendation 18). This Initiative has been endorsed by G-20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and also by the IMF’s International Monetary and Financial Committee.

• The request covers total general government and public sector debt, broken down by details on instruments, maturity, the residence of creditor, and currency. While data are generally recorded at nominal value, there is a supplementary item for data on debt securities to be shown at market value. Data are to be provided for the various institutional levels, specifically central government, general government, and, if possible, the public sector, where available.

Objectives and outputs

• Collect detailed and comparable quarterly data on the General Government Debt, the Central Government Debt and more broadly the Public Sector Debt for all OECD countries.

• Since January 2013, 33 OECD countries have provided detailed data on General and Central government debt. Russia participates in this initiative as well.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa.

Databases

• Quarterly Public Sector Debt (7PSD)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• All OECD countries except Chile provide the OECD/WB/IMF with quarterly data on Public Sector Debt.

• Eurostat participates in this initiative for some EU countries by prefilling the PSD questionnaire with Maastricht debt data.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 has identified Sector accounts (annual and quarterly) as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• The collection of data relating to Quarterly financial accounts and quarterly financial balance sheets, launched in 2011, and stored in the new QASA browser, will continue in cooperation with ECB (for EU countries).

• The aim is to better cover all OECD countries, including EU countries, and, when data are available, also key partner countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some improvement are expected regarding non-EU countries. For EU countries data, which are transmitted by the ECB once validated, it is hoped that pending problems will be rapidly solved.

Data collection

• It is expected to improve the coverage of this database (countries, sectors and instruments) and to solve issues relating to the ECB cooperation.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Non-Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide non-financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 identified Sector accounts as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Continue to collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries in close collaboration with Eurostat; Collect non-EU QSA data through standard questionnaires.

• Release publishable QSA data in OECD.stat and feed the IMF PGI- website with the G20 QSA data.

• Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue collecting data from non-EU countries which have not yet transmitted data to the OECD through the standard questionnaire.

• Extend the release of QSA data on OECD.Stat with new publishable data.

• Continue to feed the IMF PGI-website with G20 QSA data.

STAN Input-Output database
Purpose

• To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

• The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Other, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

• STAN Input-Output database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expand the country coverage (e.g. non-OECD EU countries).

• Use latest Supply-Use tables (SUTs) to produce harmonised I-O tables for 2008-09. especially for EU countries.

• Continue to develop and improve the Inter-Country I-O (ICIO) model which combines the I-O tables, Supply-Use tables and bilateral trade by industry data to produce the key underlying source for production of Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
 
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship
Purpose

• To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

• To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

• The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

• The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

• Business Demography statistics include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and high growth firms - all based on the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

• The publication Entrepreneurship at a Glance, published annually, presents the original collection of business demography indicators and structural statistics on businesses by size class.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovenia Former

Databases

• SDBS - Business Demography Indicators

• SDBS – Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2013 include:

- the extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;

- the publication of the third issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in June 2013.

Data collection

• Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
3.1 Environment (OECD)
Agri-Environmental Indicators

 

Environmental Data

 

Purpose

 

• Produce objective, reliable and comparable environmental statistics at the international level as a factual basis for the OECD’s policy and analytical work on environment, sustainable development and green growth (environmental indicators, environmental country peer reviews, resource productivity, environmental outlooks, green growth indicators).

 

• Collect the best available environmental data in OECD member and partner countries, promote international harmonisation of these data (core set of environmental data) and strengthen the capacity of member and partner countries in the field of information production, management and use concerning the environment and sustainable development.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Update of the OECD Compendium of environmental data (electronic version made available on the public website of the OECD, structured by theme) and of the OECD System of Information on Resources and the Environment (SIREN) database (partly available on OECD.stat and the OECD's web data portal).

 

• Data collection from member and selected partner countries via the OECD questionnaire on the state of the environment (joint work with Eurostat ; co-operation with UNSD and UNEP for non-OECD economies), and from other international sources.

 

• Contribution to the international harmonisation of environmental data, definitions and concepts, and the cost-effectiveness of related international work (including through the Inter-Secretariat Working group on Environment Statistics).

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Colombia, Russian Federation, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• SIREN (System of Information on Resources and the Environment)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Implementation of the Collaborative Plan of Action on Environmental Data Quality, linked to the "OECD Quality Framework" and improved data quality in selected areas (continued work) with a focus on key reference series and on "data efficiency", "coherence among countries" and "interpretation", through simplified annual updates and improved country documentation *annual quality assurance). Continued review and simplification of questionnaire.

• Improved access to environmental information including through the OECD's statistical platform (OECD.stat) and its web data portal.

 

• Continued work on the measurement of material flows and resource productivity (as part of the implementation of the OECD Council recommendations on material flows and resource productivity adopted in 2004 and 2008). Release of a fact-based report on the state of resources in OECD countries and beyond.

 

• Continued co-operation with the UNCEEA and the London Group on Environmental Accounting.

 

Environmental Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• Provide policy-relevant and reliable indicators for the OECD’s policy and analytical work on environment, green growth and sustainable development (e.g. environmental country peer reviews, environmental outlook studies, resource productivity, sustainable development, green growth, economic analysis) and support related efforts by member and selected partner countries.

 

• Develop core sets of environmental indicators to contribute to: measuring environmental performance with respect to environmental quality, environmental goals and international agreements (OECD Core Set of environmental indicators); integrating environmental concerns in economic and sectoral policies; monitoring progress towards sustainable development and green growth, including decoupling of environmental degradation from economic growth; measuring material flows and resource productivity (link to the OECD Council recommendations on material flows and resource productivity adopted in 2004 and 2008); informing the public about major environmental trends and conditions (key environmental indicators).

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Support the work of the OECD Environmental Policy Committee and its subsidiary bodies, in particular country peer reviews.

 

• Further develop sets of sectoral indicators: agri-environmental indicators (see related activity description); material flow and resource productivity indicators for international use at various levels of detail/aggregation. Update, improve and publish a set of indicators to monitor progress with green growth (first report published at the occasion of the 2011 MCM as a companion volume to the OECD Green Growth Strategy Synthesis Report).

 

Databases

 

• Environmental indicators

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Updated and revised OECD Core Set of environmental indicators.

 

• Updated OECD key environmental indicators (KEI) and major environmental indicators for use in country peer reviews. Publication of book "Environment at a glance".

 

• Updated set of indicators to monitor progress with green growth, including green growth headline indicators (link to the implementation of the OECD Green Growth Strategy). Updated report on green growth indicators and updated GG database. Applications of the OECD GG indicator set and framework in non-member countries.

 

• New and improved indicators on biological diversity with emphasis on policy responses (in support of environmental performance reviews and work on green growth).

 

• New and improved indicators on macro-level nutrient balances with emphasis on reactive nitrogen.

 

• Further development of indicators on material flows and resource productivity with emphasis on materials embodied in trade.

 

Instruments Used for Environmental Policy

 

Purpose

 

• To provide harmonised information on environmentally related taxes and on a number of other instruments used for environmental policy. In support of the OECD work on the use of economic instruments, draw policy conclusions and develop practical guidelines for their implementation.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The OECD/EEA database instruments used for environmental policy provides much information on various instrument categories applied in OECD member countries. The original focus of the database was on environmentally related taxes, in particular, on pollution-oriented levies and tax-bases, but levies related to resource management have also been included. The tax-bases covered include energy products, transport equipment and transport services, as well as measured or estimated emissions to air and water, ozone depleting substances, certain non-point sources of water pollution, waste management and noise, in addition to the management of water, land, soil, forests, biodiversity, wildlife and fish stocks.

 

• Through co-operation with the European Environment Agency, the country coverage of the database was broadened to include a number of OECD non-member countries affiliated to EEA. Unfortunately, however, EEA has not updated this information since 2007.

 

• The country coverage has also been broadened to include a number of other countries, among them Brazil, China, Colombia, India and South Africa.

 

• The instrument coverage has also been broadened, and now includes tradable permit systems, environmentally motivated subsidies, deposit-refund systems and voluntary approaches used for environmental policy.

 

• The tax information for old and new OECD member countries was updated in 2012. The coverage of state-level taxes applied in United States, and provincial taxes applied in Spain, has been significantly expanded. The new member countries have provided more information on non-tax instruments that they apply. We have also received much new information on environmentally motivated tax reliefs, from a number of member countries.

 
Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Albania, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Guatemala, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Peru, Romania, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• ENV\NP\EcoInst under Projects on WebDev2

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• A further broadening of both country and instrument coverage is expected. In particular, it is hoped that we will receive additional information on instruments applied in Latin American non-member countries, as well as in selected Asian countries. The coverage of environmentally motivated tax reliefs will also be improved.

 

• In addition, a complete re-write of the code underlying both the open database and the web-site where the data is being entered is still underway. This will result in completely new user-interfaces, both for the publicly available website, and for the website where updates are being made.

 

Data collection:

 

• The code underlying the database updating web-site is in the process of being completely rewritten.

 

Data management:

• A complete rewrite of the underlying code is underway. It is too early to indicate all implications of this.3.2 Regional and small area statistics (OECD)

Regional Statistics and Indicators
 

 

Purpose

 

• To provide internationally comparable databases for the analysis of sub-national (regions and metropolitan areas) socio-economic statistics. Measures, data quality and comparability are discussed and approved by the OECD WPTI.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The main objective is to provide internationally comparable databases for the analysis of relevant socio-economic trends at the sub-national level.

 

• The Regional database includes basic statistics on six major topics (demography, economy, labour market, society, environment and innovation) covering around 2000 regions. The Metropolitan areas database covers almost 300 metropolitan areas across the OECD countries.

 

• Regional statistics and indicators are regularly published in "OECD Regions at a Glance" and in the "OECD Regional Outlook" series.

 

• The metropolitan areas database was built in 2012 and the methodological framework is described in ad-hoc publication. We aim at including new indicators in annual time series, comprising estimation done by the Secretariat (2013). Its dissemination will be included in the above mentioned publications

 

• Disseminate the Regional Database through OECD.Stat and through the web tool OECD eXplorer, an interactive mapping tool designed to explore and visualize regional statistics. During 2013 a revised website will include all the interactive visualisation on regional and metropolitan statistics

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, Colombia, India, Russian Federation, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Regional Database (RDB)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• The main objectives for the year 2013 are to:

 

- increase the number of indicators available for the new Metropolitan Database (based on a functional economic definition of cities);

 

- develop a set of regional indicators of well-being at local and regional level ;

 

- produce new regional indicators of innovation based on Scopus ;

 

- release a website where to visualise all regional statistics and produce dynamic documents online.

 

Data collection:

 

- Development of a set of indictors on well-being ;

 

- Collection of business demography data at regional level ;

- Data collection for the new Metropolitan Database.3.3 Multi-domain statistics and indicators (OECD)
2.4.1 Agriculture, forestry, fisheries (OECD)

 
OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook 2013-2022
Purpose

• To provide an annual update of statistical information and projections by country for OECD members, the OECD area, selected non-member countries, other developing and least developed countries and regional and world aggregates, of supply and use balances for cereals, oilseeds, biofuels, sugar, cotton, meats, dairy and fish products up to 2022.

Objectives and outputs

• To maintain a database with detailed supply and use information for most temperate zone agricultural commodities. The tables provide detailed information for production, consumption, trade, stocks and prices in OECD countries and a large number of other countries including China, Argentina, Brazil, India, South Africa, Russia and other CIS independent states and many smaller countries and regions in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Most series cover the period from 1970 to the most current year and include updated annual projections for up to ten years in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• The Agricultural Commodities Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Cotton

 
Data collection:
 

Cotton.

Producer and Consumer Support Estimates in OECD Countries and selected economies
Purpose

• To collect, process, evaluate and publish data on support to agriculture in OECD countries. The activity also provides staff with a database for various research and analysis activities of the Directorate. This is a joint activity between the "Agricultural Policies and Environment", the "Development" and the "Policies and Trade in Agriculture" Divisions of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate.

Objectives and outputs

• To update the Producer and Consumer Support Estimate annual database and to calculate the various indicators of support to agriculture. The data are used to evaluate agricultural and other policies in OECD countries, mainly in the annual Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries Report, which is reviewed and approved by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets.

• The data collected and the method used to calculate the indicators of support are reviewed both internally within TAD, and externally by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets, on an annual basis. These review processes improve the data quality as well as the methodology used in the calculations.

• In this context, a new classification of the component parts of the support estimates was implemented from the 2007 Agricultural Policies in OECD countries Monitoring and Evaluation report. The database was extended to cover the new member countries in 2009 and 2010. A user friendly tool is being developed on the website for greater availability of the quantitative and analytical information to the public.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, Cyprus, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The 2013 report covers the OECD countries as well as selected non-member economies.

• The major innovation will consist in integrating new non-member economies (Indonesia, Kazakhstan) in the database and analysis as well as pursuing developments to design the web site for improved dissemination of statistical information.

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries - 2013
Purpose

• To collect and present data for the publication Review of Fisheries. To provide staff, and other potential users, with a database for research and analysis purposes. The latter applies to the Policy Reviews as well as other activities of the Division. To provide other Directorates with data on fisheries resources.

Objectives and outputs

• The principal purpose is to collect and make available data on a consistent basis among member countries (and observers) of statistics relevant to fisheries i.e. landings (harvest) and processing, fleet, fishers, employment, trade (via the ITS database), aquaculture and government financial transfers. The data are used nationally, principally for reporting purposes and internationally (e.g. OECD), for analytical purposes. Data also serve as reference for other international organisations and as a means for cross-checking and reconciling information from national sources.

• Questionnaires and tables are sent (annually) to national correspondents following discussion and approval by the Committee for Fisheries. Data are collected and disseminated in the Review of Fisheries Statistics. Data published are also accessible via the public fisheries web site and more recent series through the Committee Web Site. At the international level co-ordination takes place among agencies involved in fisheries statistical programmes through the Co-ordinated Working Party (CWP) on Fisheries Statistics. The OECD is in close co-operation with the FAO and EUROSTAT in the collection of fisheries data. This is done, inter alia, with a view to avoid overlapping activities.

• The data collected (and the procedures) are reviewed by the Committee for Fisheries on an annual basis. Internationally, improvements are carried out through the CWP.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Thailand.

Databases
 

• Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries

Main Developments for 2013

• General aspects

• Continued improvements in metadata and comparison possibilities across member countries. The Government Financial Transfer (GFT) data are now included in the database. Data are now available to the public via the fisheries web site. Chinese Taipei and Thailand have been included since 2006, then Argentina.2.4.3 Mining, manufacturing, construction (OECD)

 
 
Steel
Purpose

• To provide the statistical background needed for policy discussions in the Steel Committee. Statistics are also produced for publications on steelmaking capacity in non-OECD economies.

 

Objectives and outputs

• A steel statistical report is produced two times a year in order to provide participants of the Steel Committee with a broad range of information on the world steel industry and related raw material markets. These statistics enhance transparency and facilitate discussion by member and non-member economies on challenging policy issues facing the industry. More specifically, the statistical work includes gathering data on steel supply (capacity, production), demand, prices, trade, employment, and trade policy measures, in addition to market data on raw materials used in steelmaking (iron ore, coal, coke, ferrous scrap, and ferroalloys).

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data coverage has slowly expanded over time, with data on safety and health indicators of steel industry workers now included.2.4.4 Transport (OECD)

 
Annual Transport Statistics
Purpose

• To provide annual transport information presenting disaggregated statistical data in the transport sector.

Objectives and outputs

• Data are collected in a harmonised way to facilitate comparisons between modes of transport and between countries by means of the Common Questionnaire developed jointly between three international organisations: Eurostat, ITF and UNECE.

• Data cover topics such as infrastructure, rolling stock, human resources, investment, transport, traffic and energy consumption for different inland transport modes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• ITF is developing a corporate database to integrate the information collected by means of the Common Questionnaire. According to new reorganisation the ITF corporate database will be transferred into OECD StatWorks during 2013. The data will therefore be available in OECD DotStat.

International Database of Taxes and Charges for Road Freight Transport
Purpose

• To provide indicators for efficiency and impact on competition of taxes and charges for transport in order to allow international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The report provides a framework for international comparisons and discusses the economic principles for efficient systems of taxation. It provides a basis for addressing the questions "what is the right level for transport taxes" and "what kinds of charges should be used".

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No major changes.

Investment in Transport Infrastructure
Purpose

• To provide an annual update of statistical information on transport infrastructure investment, for all ITF countries, on total gross investment and maintenance expenditure in current national prices.

Objectives and outputs

• After processing the data, quality checks are carried out to select reliable time series to be made available on the web site along with a short analysis of trends. Data is converted into current Euros and in constant prices.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data quality was improved by using more appropriated deflators when available.

 

• A Task Force has been launch in 2012 to provide recommendations to improve data quality.

Quarterly Transport Statistics
Purpose

• To provide harmonised information on selected basic quarterly indicators in order to compare the latest inland transport trends between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• To publish results every three months on the ITF web site, on a country by country basis with 4-5 months lag maximum (data for the first quarter is collected in June and published in July). Available series cover good transport in T-km, passenger transport in P-Km, road traffic in V-Km, brand new vehicles registration, car fuel consumption, road fatalities, imports and exports at current prices and industrial production.

• Country by country data tables are available, as well as graphs showing trends for both individual countries and selected groups of countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Starting mid 2009, an analytical report based on seasonally adjusted data is published each quarter on the ITF WEB site.

• Information on air and maritime transport are integrated in the analysis to provide a global view on the transport activity.

• An annual leaflet "key Transport Statistics" based on data for the 4 quarters is published each year in May for the ITF annual Summit in Leipzig.

Trends in the Transport Sector
Purpose

• To provide a first analysis of both passenger and freight transport trends, as well as road accident trends. A short list of selected indicators are collected for that purpose.

Objectives and outputs

• To publish an analysis of the transport situation in different geographical regions. The publication also gives the latest statistics on the situation of the transport market in ITF countries and presents charts which help to show what changes have occurred since 1970.

• Because it is published earlier than any other comparable study, this report provides first-hand figures about passenger and freight transport as well as road accidents.

• Since 2008 the publication also includes information on investment and maintenance expenses in transport infrastructures. For the 2013 edition investment data will be published separately.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine.

Databases

• Goods transport, Passenger transport and Injury accidents.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• A redesign of the publication is under review and should be in place for the 2013 edition already. It will provide historic tables for selected transport indicators as well as country tables showing the latest data for most variables with composed indicators.2.4.5 Tourism (OECD)

 
Tourism
Purpose

• To meet the 2012-2016 Mandate of the Tourism Committee: a) improve the measurement of tourism services in OECD economies by addressing government and industry information needs and promoting the tourism satellite account; b) contribute to the dissemination of data on tourism economics and to a more effective use of such data for business and policy analysis and decision-making processes; and c) work in complementarity with other international organisations.

 Objectives and outputs

• In 2013, the fourth edition of "OECD Tourism trends and policies 2014" will be launched. It will continue to be undertaken in cooperation with the European Committee. Around 50 countries will be covered. These data will be collected by two methods: a questionnaire will be addressed to countries; data extracted from OECD data bases. On the other hand, efforts will be made towards the dissemination of data and analysis on tourism economics at national and local levels. Special efforts will tend to promote the use of Tourism Satellite Account to public and private tourism stakeholders. In 2013, the activity on "Measuring tourism economic impacts at sub national level" will aim to propose orientations for statistical improvements and collect current initiatives and practices in this area.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Databases

• Tourism.2.4.6 Banking, insurance, financial statistics (OECD)

Short-Term Financial Indicators
Purpose

• To capture in quantitative terms an important but heterogeneous and fast evolving area of the financial markets.

 Objectives and outputs

• The Short Term Financial Indicators dataset contains financial statistics on four separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and Share Prices. In all cases considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series' data to aid with analysis.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• MEI_FIN3.4 Yearbooks and similar compendia (OECD)

OECD Factbook
Purpose

 

• To meet the needs of a wide range of users for a one-stop resource containing broadly based, comparative, country-based, economic, social and environmental data. To help users in assessing the position of a single country taking into account multiple dimensions and promoting the importance of policy coherence.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The objective of the activity is to bring together data concerning various economic, social and environmental phenomena and highlight measurement issues, underlining areas where the comparability of statistics across countries is weak and describing initiatives undertaken to overcome these problems.

 

• The Factbook is published both on paper and on Internet. The electronic version is made available for free and contains longer time series and more detailed metadata.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• It has not yet been decided when the next OECD Factbook edition will be published.

 


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
 
Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government
Purpose

• To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on sub-central deficits and debt, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance (fiscal rules).

 Objectives and outputs

• Collection and user-friendly presentation of decentralisation indicators.

Databases

• Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data are updated annually. In 2013, data on deficit, debt, and fiscal rules will be available, presented in a user-friendly way on the Fiscal Network's own website.

Revenue Statistics
Purpose

• This annual publication presents a unique set of internationally comparable data on tax revenue levels and tax structures in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards. It also provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes.

• Data on government sector receipts and in particular on taxes are essential inputs to many structural economic analyses of individual countries and are increasingly used in international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories representing the different bases on which taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in four separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on an accrual basis. The 2013 edition will therefore comprise:

- A commentary on the overall trends over 45 years in levels f the tax burden, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for OECD as a whole and for individual member countries.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1965-2012.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each member country for the years 1965-2012 plus some information on how countries finance their social benefits and on social security contributions paid by the general government.

- Comparative tables showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and its Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a definition of both high level and specific tax issues.

• Special features covering specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

• Revenue Statistics

 Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early website publication of the latest results to September - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

• Consideration will be given to changing the presentation of the data so that the data for the latest year is no longer marked as provisional.

• There is also a project being conducted with the IMF to investigate the potential for a joint data collection template for OECD Revenue statistics and the IMF's Government Finance Statistics.

Revenue Statistics in Latin America
Purpose

• A strong set of comparative data is key to facilitating fiscal policy dialogue and the assessment of alternative fiscal reforms. 'Revenue Statistics in Latin America is joint publication by the OECD, the inter-American Centre for Tax Administrations (CIAT) and the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC). The second edition published in November 2012 provided internationally comparable data on tax levels and tax structures for some 15 Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) countries.

• The publication follows the model of the OECD Revenue Statistics database which is based on the OECD Interpretative Guide - a well-established methodology which provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. By extending this OECD methodology to LAC countries, Revenue Statistics in Latin America enables meaningful cross-country comparisons about tax levels and structures not only between LAC economies, but also, for the first time, between them and OECD countries (including Chile and Mexico).

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories essentially representing the different bases on which the taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income, profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in five separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on a cash basis. The second edition comprised:

- A commentary on the overall trends in levels of tax burden over 200 years, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for 15 LAC countries and the OECD as a whole.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1990 to 2010 for the same groups plus Portugal and Spain.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each of the selected LAC countries for the years 1990-2010.

- A comparative table showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

- A special feature titled 'Taxation and SMEs in Latin America'.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and is Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a discussion of both high level and specific classification issues.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

• Revenue Statistics in Latin America

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues

• Approach countries asking them to supply the relevant data directly to the OECD or to verify/validate the data assembled by the OECD.

Data collection

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues.

Tax Rates
Purpose

• The OECD tax database provides a comprehensive set of comparative statistics to support tax policy makers, academics and other organisations doing research into tax policy, journalists and other commentators.

• The information covers data on:

- Tax revenue statistics

- Personal taxes

- Corporate and capital income taxes

- Taxes on consumption

Objectives and outputs

• The following represents a summary of the outputs containing comparative data for OECD countries that are included in the database:

- OECD Revenue statistics - a subset of the main comparative tables contained in this publication

- Personal income taxes

- Basic income tax rates and thresholds from 1981 onwards including information on maximum and minimum sub-central government rates; top marginal rates for a single individual

- Rates and provisions for social security contributions paid by employees, employers and the self-employed from 1981 onwards

- Various tables relating to the tax burden on wage income based on the Taxing Wages framework

- An analysis of non-tax compulsory payments which do not qualify as taxes in 2012.

- Corporate and capital income taxes - standard statutory corporate income tax rates from 1981 onwards; information on small business tax rates and other targeted provisions; corporate tax rates relating to sub-central governments including information on minimum and maximum rates; effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to residential share-holders.

- Consumption taxes - rates of Value Added Tax (VAT) (from 1976 onwards) including information on reduced rates; registration thresholds for entities participating in the VAT regime plus rates and thresholds for excise taxes (from 23003 onwards) covering alcoholic beverages, tobacco and mineral oils.

Databases

• OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some re-designing of the website to make the presentation clearer.

Taxing Wages
Purpose

• This publication provides details of taxes paid on wages in OECD countries. It covers:

- Personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees

- Social security contributions and payroll taxes paid by employers

- Cash benefits received by in-work families

• The purpose is to illustrate how these taxes and benefits are calculated in each member country and to examine how they impact on household incomes. The results also enable quantitative cross-country comparisons of labour cost levels and the overall tax and benefit position of single persons and families on different levels of earnings.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual publication details shows amounts of taxes and social security contributions levied and cash benefits received for 8 different family types which vary by a combination of household composition and level of earnings. It also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates (i.e. the tax burden);

- Average tax rates show that part of gross wage earnings or total labour costs which is taken in tax and social security contributions (both before and after cash benefits).

- Marginal tax rates show the part of a small increase in of gross earnings or total labour costs that is paid in these levies.

- The definition of an average worker is based on Sectors B-N in ISIC4 for the purposes of these calculations.

• The 2012 Report will contain:

- A review of the main comparative results for 2011 and 2012.

- A graphical exposition of the tax burden between 50% and 250% of average earnings

- Historical trends for 2000-2012

- Descriptions of tax/benefit systems for each country together with the associated tax burden results.

- A special feature titled 'Average personal income tax rate and tax wedge progression'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early web-based publication of the latest results to March - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

Benefits and Wages
Purpose

• Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, the online "tax-benefit calculator" and tax-benefit models for 33 OECD and an additional 6 EU countries are available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and are updated annually.

• The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

 • Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage has been extended to include a 2011 model for Chile. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia.

• An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models ("tax-benefit calculator") is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. Also available on this web page are country files and model output for 39 countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

• Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• On-line publication of 2011 tax-benefit models, country files and an expanded range of work incentive and income adequacy indicators for 39 countries. Ad hoc update of policy summary tables. Development of 2012 models for 39 countries (plus adding Chile years prior to 2011 for Chile). Continue up-date of synthetic earnings distribution data, by gender, to latest post-crisis year available.

Data collection

• include Chile.


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database
 Purpose

• Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

• Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Improve reporting and timeliness at an activity level.

• Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases
 

• Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• No major changes.

 
Database on Country Programmable Aid and Forward Spending Survey (CPA-FSS database)
Purpose

• Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA – official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

• The database is also used to store and analyse the data collected in the annual DAC Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans (FSS) for the annual DAC Report on Aid Predictability.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients.

• To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the Reports on Division of Labour and Multilateral Aid.

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on future aid flows based on the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA.

• Improved coverage and comprehensiveness of data collected in the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries
Purpose

• The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

• Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.

• Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

• Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Continue with converging DAC data collections (CRS and DAC); converged directives for approval; further work on improving access and dissemination of data; continue sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

• Continue work on non-ODA flows which examines types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

 

• DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work).

PARIS21 Partnership in Statistics for Development in the 21st Century
Purpose

• PARIS21 is a partnership of national, regional and international statisticians, policy makers, analysts, development professionals and other users and producers of statistics, including civil society. PARIS21's goal is to help build statistical capacities in developing countries.

Objectives and outputs

• PARIS21 activities focus on assisting all low-income and lower middle income countries in the design, implementation, and monitoring of National Strategies for the Development of Statistics (NSDS). PARIS21 carries out this work through (i) facilitating the co-ordination of stakeholders to better address an evolving agenda, (ii) advocating for increased involvement of national stakeholders in statistical development and enhancing the status of statistics in major international initiatives, (iii) promoting better-quality and effectively implemented NSDSs, and (iv) stimulating increased demand for and better use of data. Co-ordination activities include the annual Partner Report on Support to Statistics, which provides an inventory of global support to statistical development, and the creation of national (country-donor) partnerships to discuss statistical issues. Advocacy activities have included the production of national booklets promoting the importance of statistics in poverty reduction decision-making processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Throughout 2013, PARIS21 and its partners will update and enrich the NSDS guidelines to include best practices collected over the past several years. PARIS21 will also integrate the activities of the Busan Action Plan for Statistics into its regular work programme, which will include developing best practices in reconciling official statistical systems with the innovations of Big Data.

Balance of Payments

 

Purpose

 

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance an income flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries. Create new dataset according to new BPM6 in order to accommodate countries having already moved to the new standard.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

 

Balance of Payments

MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be elaborated in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

 

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment
Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

Following the Council recommendation of 2008:

to continue work on Research Agenda;

• to promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;

• to establish a communication strategy for revised standards;

• to promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Establishing a clear communications strategy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;

Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.

Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

Implementing a new database.

Establishing new data transmission facilities using SDMX

 

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics and SDMX
Purpose

The purpose of this activity is to compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD and non-OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on FDI flows and stocks to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries. Statistics are used regularly for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, World

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Creation of a new database

Implementation of SDMX

Pilot tests

 

Data collection:

 

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Foreign Direct Investment Trends: OECD Indicators
Purpose

A new publication providing at a glance type indicators accompanied by short description of trends and definitions as well as country profiles for 34 OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

To provide an up to date analytical tool for informed policy making.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Survey of Implementation of Methodological Standards for Direct Investment- 2nd edition (SIMSDI-2)
Purpose

The primary purpose of SIMSDI, in accordance with the OECD Council recommendation of 22 May 2008 (and of 1995), is to regularly review national practices applied by OECD and non-OECD countries to compile foreign direct investment (FDI) statistics and to provide an objective benchmarking tool to assess the extent of the implementation of international standards recommended by the OECD and the IMF. SIMSDI also provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of FDI statistics. SIMSDI is the assessment tool of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment.

Objectives and outputs

SIMSDI, based on a standard questionnaire, allows compiling comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and a large number of non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in FDI statistics. SIMSDI allows monitoring the methodological improvements over time of the countries included in the survey. SIMSDI also provides valuable information to OECD for the revision of international methodological standards, namely on the difficulties experienced by national compilers when implementing some of the recommendations or the relevance/irrelevance of some guidelines as economic factors may change over time. SIMSDI results are analysed in "Foreign Direct Investment Statistics: How countries measure FDI" (OECD and IMF countries) and in How South Eastern Countries Measure FDI Statistics".

The SIMSDI questionnaire was revised to incorporate the revisions of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Complete the creation and implementation of the SIMSDI database in a new IT environment. Incorporate data capturing features which can be accessed by reporting countries.

 

International Trade in Goods
Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics

Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

HS 2012 and SITC rev.4 will be implemented in COPRA and OECD.STAT in cooperation with UNSD.

OECD will participate to the TF which is setting up the merchandise trade DSD for SDMX.

In the context of the 2013-2014 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be continued on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services
Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 34 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual (except for Australia that already moved to BPM6) and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 33 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services. Contribute to the Trade in services compilation Guide. Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)

OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be finalised in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

 

Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

 

Continue Implementing EBOPS 2010 in Statworks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards.

 

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.

 

Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index. Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

 

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

 

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Update merged Trade in Services by category and by partner country in order which saves resources to be allocated to the development of databases and metadata related to the new standards.

 

Cooperate with WTO to elaborate the annual World Matrix of bilateral services flows.

 

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire will be asked to fill it in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format.

 

Monthly International Trade

 

Purpose

 

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of trade press release. Online availability of OECD’s detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Slovenia Former

 

Databases

 

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

No major changes.

 

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

 

Purpose

 

The STRI database will be a unique resource providing internationally comparable current information on regulatory policies affecting trade in services.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

The main achievements for 2012 are:

 

• first indicators for the pilot sectors finalised

 

data collection for the new sectors has started

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Albania, Brazil, China, Croatia, India, Indonesia, Macedonia, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Databases

 

Not yet available.

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

The regulatory database for the pilot sectors has been finalised during the first half of 2012. A first version of the interface developed by the OECD for dissemination of qualitative information is under development. The coverage of the new sectors has already started.

 

Data collection:

New sectors will be included and double the number of sectors covered. 


2.7 Prices (OECD)
 
Price Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices (CPI and Producer Price Indices) for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

 

• Revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services.

 

Databases

 

• MEI

 

• MEI_PRICE

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• finalisation of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.

 

• continue to improve the dissemination of price indices

 

Data management:

 

• Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

 

Purchasing Power Parities

 

Purpose

 

• Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Publication of the revised version of the Eurostat OECD PPP Manual December 2012.

 

• Calculate preliminary 2011 PPP detailed benchmark results - December 2012.

 

• Organisation of the data collection for the 2014 round which started in 2012 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).

 

• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed.

 

• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.

 

• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs.

 

Databases

 

• ANA

 

• Purchasing Power Parities

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health for all countries participating in the Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison. Implementation december 2013

 

• Calculation of the final detailed PPP results of the 2011 Round to be used as the input for the worldwide ICP Results - December 2013.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
 
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• ANBERD industries are presented in ISIC revision 3. A new edition in ISIC rev. 4 will be released in 2013.

 

Biotechnology

 

Purpose

 

• To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.

 

• OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

 

• Key Biotechnology Statistics is updated annually and published online.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Additional countries.

 

Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

Indicators on high-technology sectors will switch from being reported on an ISIC Rev. 3 to an ISIC Rev. 4 basis.

 

Patent Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T/Entrepreneurship policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

 

• Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

 

• Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

 

• "Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

 

• The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

 

• A matching exercise has been performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) is made available to researchers. It is currently being used to build new indicators at the firm level.

 

• Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

 

• Regular conferences on IP-related statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, Eurostat, JPO, KIPO, NSF, USPTO and WIPO.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, G20, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent office’s); development of further patent indicators (e.g. patent quality and radicalness); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

 

• Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ECO, ENV, GOV, STD) expected in 2013.

 

• Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

 

• Another matching exercise is experimented to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

 

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual “R&D Statistics” and the biannual “Main S&T Indicators” publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Plan to publish some more ISIC Rev. 4 figures, depending on the availability of data at the national level.

 

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database. The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

 

• Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa.



4. Methodology of data collection, processing, dissemination and analysis (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys
Purpose

• To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

• To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are updated and published monthly. Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

• During the year 2010 the OECD evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. In 2013 the OECD will participate in an international review aiming at producing a handbook on Business Tendency and Consumer Confidence Surveys building in large part on existing OECD and EC handbooks.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The review of the code re-structuring continues (started in 2012), aiming at a more streamlined production database.

• OECD will provide the chapter on questionnaire design for the new/revised BTS and CS handbook, and act as a reviewer for other chapters.

Main economic indicators
Purpose

• The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

 Objectives and outputs

 Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and Key Partner on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

 Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

 There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

 Non-member countries involved in the activity

 Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 Databases

 Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

 Subject areas are now responsible individually.

 Data collection

 On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

 There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

 Real-time and Revisions Database
Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

No major changes.

STAN Database for Industrial Analysis
Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

STAN Database for industrial Analysis

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Continued development and update of the latest version of STAN based on ISIC Rev. 4. with statistics to 2011. Inclusion of non-Member countries, where possible. Completion and validation of national classification to ISIC Rev. 4 conversion keys for non-EU countries Cooperation with World KLEMS project. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper. Development and dissemination of indicators by industrial activity based on STAN.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
 
Annual National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

• To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

• Main series of the SNA database are presented using an "indicator" approach in the publication National accounts at a Glance, focusing on cross-country comparisons. In this publication each indicator is associated to a text which explains in general terms of what is measured and why.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

Databases

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)
Purpose

• Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

• Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use. Migration to a new support (PROGNOZ).

Data management

• Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

General Government National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

Objectives and outputs

• The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

• Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

• ANA - SNA

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Extension the collection of data for EE countries, in particular for Brazil, India

Household Assets and Liabilities (annual and quarterly)
Purpose

• This data collection aims at better knowing the households’ behavior vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 – Households.

• An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

• The database has been updated up to 2011 for all OECD countries.

• A better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities currently transmitted by OECD countries has been achieved.

• Quarterly data received from most OECD countries have been added to the database and stored in the QASA browser for the first time in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is expected to continue to improve the level of details (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (Russia, Key Partner countries).

• If resources permit, quarterly data will continue to be processed and, if so, they will be used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection

• Improvement in the level of details

OECD Financial Dashboard
Purpose

• The recent financial and economic crises have underlined the importance of monitoring financial activity and position of the various institutional sectors of national economies.

• The OECD Financial Dashboard has been created to respond to users' questions and needs for relevant indicators based on timely, frequent and comparable financial statistics.

Objectives and outputs

• The financial indicators are constructed from financial accounts and from financial balance sheets to analyse the behaviour and performance of the various institutional sectors and to carry out cross-country comparisons.

• Eleven financial indicators derived from financial balance sheets, national accounts and the institutional investors' assets datasets have been added to the Dashboard in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Financial Dashboard

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New financial indicators for the Households' sector will be added to the Financial Dashboard in 2013.

Data collection

• Collection of 2012 financial accounts and financial balance sheets data which enable the calculation of financial indicators for the year 2012.

Quarterly National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide a real time update of member and non-member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

• To provide external users a selection of key long time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of data for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

• The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on the international system of national accounts (SNA 1993, SNA 2008). It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible (and even before for a few countries), a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries and Key Partners.

• Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts data.

• The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue to extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

• Expand the geographical coverage of the QNA database by including more updated data from Key Partner countries and remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Quarterly Public Sector Debt
Purpose

• The Public Sector Debt Statistics Database was launched in December 2010 and was initially focused on developing and emerging economies, and is now being expanded to the advanced economies. The launch of the database is one of the recommendations in the G-20 Data Gaps Initiative (Recommendation 18). This Initiative has been endorsed by G-20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and also by the IMF’s International Monetary and Financial Committee.

• The request covers total general government and public sector debt, broken down by details on instruments, maturity, the residence of creditor, and currency. While data are generally recorded at nominal value, there is a supplementary item for data on debt securities to be shown at market value. Data are to be provided for the various institutional levels, specifically central government, general government, and, if possible, the public sector, where available.

Objectives and outputs

• Collect detailed and comparable quarterly data on the General Government Debt, the Central Government Debt and more broadly the Public Sector Debt for all OECD countries.

• Since January 2013, 33 OECD countries have provided detailed data on General and Central government debt. Russia participates in this initiative as well.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa.

Databases

• Quarterly Public Sector Debt (7PSD)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• All OECD countries except Chile provide the OECD/WB/IMF with quarterly data on Public Sector Debt.

• Eurostat participates in this initiative for some EU countries by prefilling the PSD questionnaire with Maastricht debt data.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 has identified Sector accounts (annual and quarterly) as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• The collection of data relating to Quarterly financial accounts and quarterly financial balance sheets, launched in 2011, and stored in the new QASA browser, will continue in cooperation with ECB (for EU countries).

• The aim is to better cover all OECD countries, including EU countries, and, when data are available, also key partner countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some improvement are expected regarding non-EU countries. For EU countries data, which are transmitted by the ECB once validated, it is hoped that pending problems will be rapidly solved.

Data collection

• It is expected to improve the coverage of this database (countries, sectors and instruments) and to solve issues relating to the ECB cooperation.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Non-Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide non-financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 identified Sector accounts as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Continue to collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries in close collaboration with Eurostat; Collect non-EU QSA data through standard questionnaires.

• Release publishable QSA data in OECD.stat and feed the IMF PGI- website with the G20 QSA data.

• Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue collecting data from non-EU countries which have not yet transmitted data to the OECD through the standard questionnaire.

• Extend the release of QSA data on OECD.Stat with new publishable data.

• Continue to feed the IMF PGI-website with G20 QSA data.

STAN Input-Output database
Purpose

• To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

• The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Other, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

• STAN Input-Output database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expand the country coverage (e.g. non-OECD EU countries).

• Use latest Supply-Use tables (SUTs) to produce harmonised I-O tables for 2008-09. especially for EU countries.

• Continue to develop and improve the Inter-Country I-O (ICIO) model which combines the I-O tables, Supply-Use tables and bilateral trade by industry data to produce the key underlying source for production of Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
 
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship
Purpose

• To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

• To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

• The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

• The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

• Business Demography statistics include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and high growth firms - all based on the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

• The publication Entrepreneurship at a Glance, published annually, presents the original collection of business demography indicators and structural statistics on businesses by size class.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovenia Former

Databases

• SDBS - Business Demography Indicators

• SDBS – Structural Business Statistics

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expected improvements to SDBS statistics in 2013 include:

- the extension of the country coverage in the collection of comparable business demography statistics;

- the publication of the third issue of Entrepreneurship at a Glance in June 2013.

Data collection

• Extension of the country coverage in the collection of entrepreneurship statistics is expected. It is also expected that other entrepreneurship indicators will be identified and added.


2.4 Sectoral statistics (OECD)
4.3 Data sources (OECD)
2.4.1 Agriculture, forestry, fisheries (OECD)
 
OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook 2013-2022
Purpose

• To provide an annual update of statistical information and projections by country for OECD members, the OECD area, selected non-member countries, other developing and least developed countries and regional and world aggregates, of supply and use balances for cereals, oilseeds, biofuels, sugar, cotton, meats, dairy and fish products up to 2022.

Objectives and outputs

• To maintain a database with detailed supply and use information for most temperate zone agricultural commodities. The tables provide detailed information for production, consumption, trade, stocks and prices in OECD countries and a large number of other countries including China, Argentina, Brazil, India, South Africa, Russia and other CIS independent states and many smaller countries and regions in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Most series cover the period from 1970 to the most current year and include updated annual projections for up to ten years in the future.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• South Africa

Databases

• The Agricultural Commodities Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Cotton

 
Data collection:
 

Cotton.

Producer and Consumer Support Estimates in OECD Countries and selected economies
Purpose

• To collect, process, evaluate and publish data on support to agriculture in OECD countries. The activity also provides staff with a database for various research and analysis activities of the Directorate. This is a joint activity between the "Agricultural Policies and Environment", the "Development" and the "Policies and Trade in Agriculture" Divisions of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate.

Objectives and outputs

• To update the Producer and Consumer Support Estimate annual database and to calculate the various indicators of support to agriculture. The data are used to evaluate agricultural and other policies in OECD countries, mainly in the annual Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries Report, which is reviewed and approved by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets.

• The data collected and the method used to calculate the indicators of support are reviewed both internally within TAD, and externally by the Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets, on an annual basis. These review processes improve the data quality as well as the methodology used in the calculations.

• In this context, a new classification of the component parts of the support estimates was implemented from the 2007 Agricultural Policies in OECD countries Monitoring and Evaluation report. The database was extended to cover the new member countries in 2009 and 2010. A user friendly tool is being developed on the website for greater availability of the quantitative and analytical information to the public.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, Cyprus, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Romania, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The 2013 report covers the OECD countries as well as selected non-member economies.

• The major innovation will consist in integrating new non-member economies (Indonesia, Kazakhstan) in the database and analysis as well as pursuing developments to design the web site for improved dissemination of statistical information.

Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries - 2013
Purpose

• To collect and present data for the publication Review of Fisheries. To provide staff, and other potential users, with a database for research and analysis purposes. The latter applies to the Policy Reviews as well as other activities of the Division. To provide other Directorates with data on fisheries resources.

Objectives and outputs

• The principal purpose is to collect and make available data on a consistent basis among member countries (and observers) of statistics relevant to fisheries i.e. landings (harvest) and processing, fleet, fishers, employment, trade (via the ITS database), aquaculture and government financial transfers. The data are used nationally, principally for reporting purposes and internationally (e.g. OECD), for analytical purposes. Data also serve as reference for other international organisations and as a means for cross-checking and reconciling information from national sources.

• Questionnaires and tables are sent (annually) to national correspondents following discussion and approval by the Committee for Fisheries. Data are collected and disseminated in the Review of Fisheries Statistics. Data published are also accessible via the public fisheries web site and more recent series through the Committee Web Site. At the international level co-ordination takes place among agencies involved in fisheries statistical programmes through the Co-ordinated Working Party (CWP) on Fisheries Statistics. The OECD is in close co-operation with the FAO and EUROSTAT in the collection of fisheries data. This is done, inter alia, with a view to avoid overlapping activities.

• The data collected (and the procedures) are reviewed by the Committee for Fisheries on an annual basis. Internationally, improvements are carried out through the CWP.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Thailand.

Databases
 

• Review of Fisheries in OECD Countries

Main Developments for 2013

• General aspects

• Continued improvements in metadata and comparison possibilities across member countries. The Government Financial Transfer (GFT) data are now included in the database. Data are now available to the public via the fisheries web site. Chinese Taipei and Thailand have been included since 2006, then Argentina.2.4.3 Mining, manufacturing, construction (OECD)

 
 
Steel
Purpose

• To provide the statistical background needed for policy discussions in the Steel Committee. Statistics are also produced for publications on steelmaking capacity in non-OECD economies.

 

Objectives and outputs

• A steel statistical report is produced two times a year in order to provide participants of the Steel Committee with a broad range of information on the world steel industry and related raw material markets. These statistics enhance transparency and facilitate discussion by member and non-member economies on challenging policy issues facing the industry. More specifically, the statistical work includes gathering data on steel supply (capacity, production), demand, prices, trade, employment, and trade policy measures, in addition to market data on raw materials used in steelmaking (iron ore, coal, coke, ferrous scrap, and ferroalloys).

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data coverage has slowly expanded over time, with data on safety and health indicators of steel industry workers now included.2.4.4 Transport (OECD)

 
Annual Transport Statistics
Purpose

• To provide annual transport information presenting disaggregated statistical data in the transport sector.

Objectives and outputs

• Data are collected in a harmonised way to facilitate comparisons between modes of transport and between countries by means of the Common Questionnaire developed jointly between three international organisations: Eurostat, ITF and UNECE.

• Data cover topics such as infrastructure, rolling stock, human resources, investment, transport, traffic and energy consumption for different inland transport modes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• ITF is developing a corporate database to integrate the information collected by means of the Common Questionnaire. According to new reorganisation the ITF corporate database will be transferred into OECD StatWorks during 2013. The data will therefore be available in OECD DotStat.

International Database of Taxes and Charges for Road Freight Transport
Purpose

• To provide indicators for efficiency and impact on competition of taxes and charges for transport in order to allow international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The report provides a framework for international comparisons and discusses the economic principles for efficient systems of taxation. It provides a basis for addressing the questions "what is the right level for transport taxes" and "what kinds of charges should be used".

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• No major changes.

Investment in Transport Infrastructure
Purpose

• To provide an annual update of statistical information on transport infrastructure investment, for all ITF countries, on total gross investment and maintenance expenditure in current national prices.

Objectives and outputs

• After processing the data, quality checks are carried out to select reliable time series to be made available on the web site along with a short analysis of trends. Data is converted into current Euros and in constant prices.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data quality was improved by using more appropriated deflators when available.

 

• A Task Force has been launch in 2012 to provide recommendations to improve data quality.

Quarterly Transport Statistics
Purpose

• To provide harmonised information on selected basic quarterly indicators in order to compare the latest inland transport trends between countries.

Objectives and outputs

• To publish results every three months on the ITF web site, on a country by country basis with 4-5 months lag maximum (data for the first quarter is collected in June and published in July). Available series cover good transport in T-km, passenger transport in P-Km, road traffic in V-Km, brand new vehicles registration, car fuel consumption, road fatalities, imports and exports at current prices and industrial production.

• Country by country data tables are available, as well as graphs showing trends for both individual countries and selected groups of countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Starting mid 2009, an analytical report based on seasonally adjusted data is published each quarter on the ITF WEB site.

• Information on air and maritime transport are integrated in the analysis to provide a global view on the transport activity.

• An annual leaflet "key Transport Statistics" based on data for the 4 quarters is published each year in May for the ITF annual Summit in Leipzig.

Trends in the Transport Sector
Purpose

• To provide a first analysis of both passenger and freight transport trends, as well as road accident trends. A short list of selected indicators are collected for that purpose.

Objectives and outputs

• To publish an analysis of the transport situation in different geographical regions. The publication also gives the latest statistics on the situation of the transport market in ITF countries and presents charts which help to show what changes have occurred since 1970.

• Because it is published earlier than any other comparable study, this report provides first-hand figures about passenger and freight transport as well as road accidents.

• Since 2008 the publication also includes information on investment and maintenance expenses in transport infrastructures. For the 2013 edition investment data will be published separately.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Georgia, India, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Moldova, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine.

Databases

• Goods transport, Passenger transport and Injury accidents.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• A redesign of the publication is under review and should be in place for the 2013 edition already. It will provide historic tables for selected transport indicators as well as country tables showing the latest data for most variables with composed indicators.2.4.5 Tourism (OECD)

 
Tourism
Purpose

• To meet the 2012-2016 Mandate of the Tourism Committee: a) improve the measurement of tourism services in OECD economies by addressing government and industry information needs and promoting the tourism satellite account; b) contribute to the dissemination of data on tourism economics and to a more effective use of such data for business and policy analysis and decision-making processes; and c) work in complementarity with other international organisations.

 Objectives and outputs

• In 2013, the fourth edition of "OECD Tourism trends and policies 2014" will be launched. It will continue to be undertaken in cooperation with the European Committee. Around 50 countries will be covered. These data will be collected by two methods: a questionnaire will be addressed to countries; data extracted from OECD data bases. On the other hand, efforts will be made towards the dissemination of data and analysis on tourism economics at national and local levels. Special efforts will tend to promote the use of Tourism Satellite Account to public and private tourism stakeholders. In 2013, the activity on "Measuring tourism economic impacts at sub national level" will aim to propose orientations for statistical improvements and collect current initiatives and practices in this area.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Albania, Argentina, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, South Africa

Databases

• Tourism.2.4.6 Banking, insurance, financial statistics (OECD)

Short-Term Financial Indicators
Purpose

• To capture in quantitative terms an important but heterogeneous and fast evolving area of the financial markets.

 Objectives and outputs

• The Short Term Financial Indicators dataset contains financial statistics on four separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and Share Prices. In all cases considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series' data to aid with analysis.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• MEI_FIN4.5 Dissemination, data warehousing (OECD)

 
Journal of Business Cycle Measurement and Analysis
Purpose

 

• To exchange knowledge and information on the theoretical and operational aspects of business and economic cycle research, involving both measurement and analysis.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The Statistics Directorate participates as associate editor and chairman of the editorial board of the Journal; provides liaison between the publication system (PAC) the editor in chief located in Zurich (CIRET) and the editorial board.

 

• The journal is a peer-reviewed scientific journal focusing on business cycles. The themes covered by the Journal comprise: analysis and explanation of cyclical fluctuations; business cycle specification, definition and classification; statistical approaches to the development of short-term economic statistics and indicators; business tendency, investment and consumer surveys; use of survey data or cyclical indicators for business cycle analysis.

• Each volume has two regular issues with 4-5 articles, and occasionally special editions. The Journal also provides a calendar of conferences, along with e-information and book reviews which are of interest and within its scope.

 

OECD Statistical DataWarehouse (OECD.Stat)

 

Purpose

 

OECD.Stat is the core element of the OECD Statistical Information System as it is the central repository and retrieval tool for the Organisation's statistical information resources. OECD.Stat is designed to contain the validated datasets to be shared and/or published, a special dataset for "Reference Series", all the statistical metadata associated with these datasets, and the glossary of statistical terms.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

OECD.Stat consists of a closed data warehouse with its standard entry and exit gates and a user front end (web browser). OECD.Stat is the basis of the new corporate tools for the statistical publications and electronic dissemination.

 

The main objectives and benefits for statisticians are: improved efficiency of statistical processes; improved quality, timeliness, visibility and accessibility of OECD's statistical resources; harmonisation effect of statistical classifications etc.; new and easier horizontal data products such as "Statistical Yearbook" and "OECD in Figures"; simplified and harmonised user access right management.

 

The data warehouse is physically independent from production systems and permits an easier management of connections from production databases (when new database versions or platforms), avoiding multiple interlinks between different production platforms.

 

Main objectives and benefits for analysts are: fast and user-friendly tools for locating and retrieving verified statistical data and metadata; availability of Reference Series and joint display of data from different OECD sources; easier interpretability of data; easier gathering of data to support horizontal projects; pre-defined executive reports; accessibility in-house and on the Internet without additional installations.

 

Today, about 95% of the OECD datasets are loaded into the OECD.Stat Data warehouse.

 

Respecting well-defined access right limitations, the data is available to specific users and groups within the OECD, to all OECD Staff, to member countries government staff via the OLISnet service, to the general public on the Internet, to specific public MyOECD users and to registered customers via the iLibrary commercial channel (including specific formats like Branded Views).

 

The OECD.Stat data warehouse can also be accessed via the OECD analytical software (FAME, SAS, Stata, SPSS, Eviews) and includes a utility for an automated publishing of data in PC-Axis format for the OECD commercial service (iLibrary) as well as SDMX formats.

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

OECD.Stat is used by 7 other organisations (ABS, NZL, ISTAT, EC, IMF, Mimas, UNESCO). Many other international organisations, Central banks and National Statistical Offices are also investigating sharing the system. This needs a significant support activity.

 

Publishing from the Statistical Information System

Purpose

To provide a publishing environment for the production of statistical publications and create new statistical dissemination services in the framework of the OECD Statistical Information System. The services include publishing complete databases, ready-made key tables and indicators with dynamic graphs. The publishing environment comprises a publishing tool where the table is defined by the statistical editors in collaboration with authors, and a formatting engine where the data are extracted from OECD.Stat and formatted for multiple outputs such as paper, PDF, Excel, HTML and JSON to feed into Active Charts. The environment improves the efficiency of the publishing process and the quality of final publications in print and electronic format.

Objectives and outputs

Produce publications through the publishing process from databases available in the central data base OECD.Stat. Continue to develop new procedures to take into account specificities of these new publications. Create new services to disseminate statistics.

In 2012, Active Charts were launched. Active Charts are simple, shareable, web 2.0 interactive chart data visualizations which are automatically produced through the existing publishing process. In 2012, improvements in the OECD.Stat browser were made available on the OECD iLibrary. New complete databases, Key tables and Active Charts were published. Complete databases were published offline using a centralised process from OECD.Stat.

PAC statistical editors load IEA data (14 datasets updated quarterly and 50 datasets updated annually), which represents the largest volume of data loaded by Directorates, into OECD.Stat. Statistical editors worked with directorates to review and improve the quality of the data and metadata being disseminated from the central data warehouse.

In 2012 PAC used the publishing system to produce 23 statistical publications in two languages, including 2 annual outlook publications, 2 publications which are monthly, 1 quarterly and some 360 key tables. All statistical publications are made available as Excel, PDF, Web and print on demand.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

In 2013, improvements in the OECD database browser will be made available on the OECD iLibrary. Regarding statistical publications, the publishing environment will be used in 2013 to publish updates of publications already produced out of OECD.Stat in 2012 and to apply the procedures to at least 10 additional statistical publications. In 2013, one aim is to improve the discovery of high level indicators and complete databases through a new data portal, "data.oecd.org". The publishing system output will be used to publish more Key tables and mobile apps in 2013 (e.g. Internet Economy Outlook and "OECD data" mobile apps).4.6 Statistical confidentiality and disclosure protection (OECD)

Pension Monitoring
 
 
Purpose

 

• In order to ensure that pension reforms are both financially and socially sustainable, it is essential to monitor the outcomes of changes in pension system parameters and rules. The activity uses a microeconomic approach which is particularly suitable for international comparison of pension policies. Prospective individual benefit entitlements from mandatory pension arrangements are modelled for full-career workers at different earnings levels. The framework uses the same economic assumptions for all countries and thereby abstracts from non-pension factors, which often distort international comparisons of pension systems. See www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• To monitor pension systems and pension policies in OECD countries, to collect, up-date and analyse information on pension system rules and parameters and to model prospective pension entitlements for standard retirement, early retirement and interrupted careers. The output of this activity is published in regularly updated reports.

 

• The third edition of Pensions at a Glance Asia/Pacific will be released in November 2013. The Women and Pensions report will be published in 2013. A regional report covering LAC will be produced during 2013 and work will commence on an update to Pensions Panorama.

 

• In 2011:

 

- The main Pensions at a Glance publication was released and is available at www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG

 

- Key data were disseminated in OECD.Stat via http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=ELSPENSIONS

 

- an on-line Pension calculator was updated, via http://www.oecd.org/document/12/0,3343,en_2649_34757_43024076_1_1_1_1,00.html

 

- most indicators related to pensions are available on-line in MS-Excel format via www.oecd.org/els/social/pensions/PAG#data

 

• The fifth edition of Pensions at a Glance will be published in late 2013. The report will include updates of the models with 2010 parameters.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cyprus, Ecuador, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Peru, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand, Uruguay, Venezuela

 

Databases

 

• Pension monitoring database

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• The range of countries covered under the Pensions at a Glance umbrella is constantly expanding with the update for PaG Asia being released in late 2013. Additional regional publications are also planned to cover the LAC and ECA regions with an update of Pensions Panorama also beginning later in the year. Further areas of analysis will concentrate on periods of career absence because of unemployment as well as the release of the Women and Pensions report in 2013.

 

Data management:

 

• The number of indicators covered in the data will be increased leading to the creation of a pensions database.

 4.7 Data analysis (OECD)

eXplorer web-based interactive charts


2.5 Government finance, fiscal and public sector statistics (OECD)
 
Fiscal Relations Across Levels of Government
Purpose

• To collect data to support the activities of the Network on Fiscal Relations across Levels of Government. This includes data on sub national governments' discretion over own revenues and expenditures, on the design of local taxes, on intergovernmental transfers, on sub-central deficits and debt, on indicators of decentralisation, and on macroeconomic management of sub-central finance (fiscal rules).

 Objectives and outputs

• Collection and user-friendly presentation of decentralisation indicators.

Databases

• Fiscal decentralisation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Data are updated annually. In 2013, data on deficit, debt, and fiscal rules will be available, presented in a user-friendly way on the Fiscal Network's own website.

Revenue Statistics
Purpose

• This annual publication presents a unique set of internationally comparable data on tax revenue levels and tax structures in a common format for all OECD countries from 1965 onwards. It also provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes.

• Data on government sector receipts and in particular on taxes are essential inputs to many structural economic analyses of individual countries and are increasingly used in international comparisons.

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories representing the different bases on which taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in four separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on an accrual basis. The 2013 edition will therefore comprise:

- A commentary on the overall trends over 45 years in levels f the tax burden, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for OECD as a whole and for individual member countries.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1965-2012.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each member country for the years 1965-2012 plus some information on how countries finance their social benefits and on social security contributions paid by the general government.

- Comparative tables showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and its Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a definition of both high level and specific tax issues.

• Special features covering specific areas of interest (e.g. the interpretation of tax-to-GDP ratios; the impact of revised GDP figures on reported tax levels; changes to the rules for attributing revenues by level of government) represent an important component of the annual report.

Databases

• Revenue Statistics

 Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early website publication of the latest results to September - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

• Consideration will be given to changing the presentation of the data so that the data for the latest year is no longer marked as provisional.

• There is also a project being conducted with the IMF to investigate the potential for a joint data collection template for OECD Revenue statistics and the IMF's Government Finance Statistics.

Revenue Statistics in Latin America
Purpose

• A strong set of comparative data is key to facilitating fiscal policy dialogue and the assessment of alternative fiscal reforms. 'Revenue Statistics in Latin America is joint publication by the OECD, the inter-American Centre for Tax Administrations (CIAT) and the Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC). The second edition published in November 2012 provided internationally comparable data on tax levels and tax structures for some 15 Latin American and Caribbean (LAC) countries.

• The publication follows the model of the OECD Revenue Statistics database which is based on the OECD Interpretative Guide - a well-established methodology which provides a conceptual framework to define which government receipts should be regarded as taxes and to classify different types of taxes. By extending this OECD methodology to LAC countries, Revenue Statistics in Latin America enables meaningful cross-country comparisons about tax levels and structures not only between LAC economies, but also, for the first time, between them and OECD countries (including Chile and Mexico).

Objectives and outputs

• The tax revenues are primarily grouped into the following high level categories essentially representing the different bases on which the taxes are charged. The main groupings are:

- Taxes on income, profits and capital gains

- Social security contributions

- Taxes on payroll and workforce

- Taxes on property

- Taxes on goods and services

- Other taxes

• The material is organised in five separate parts. In the main, the data are presented on a cash basis. The second edition comprised:

- A commentary on the overall trends in levels of tax burden over 200 years, the structure of tax revenues and the attribution of revenues by level of government for 15 LAC countries and the OECD as a whole.

- A set of comparative tables and charts describing tax revenues and tax structures for the years 1990 to 2010 for the same groups plus Portugal and Spain.

- A detailed breakdown of tax revenues for each of the selected LAC countries for the years 1990-2010.

- A comparative table showing the attribution of government revenues by level of government plus tables for each country analysing the attribution of tax revenues by level of government for the main tax headings.

- A special feature titled 'Taxation and SMEs in Latin America'.

• The data for each country are presented in a standardised framework based upon the OECD classification of taxes and is Interpretative Guide described in the publication. The Guide provides a definition of tax revenues and then follows with a discussion of both high level and specific classification issues.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, Venezuela

Databases

• Revenue Statistics in Latin America

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues

• Approach countries asking them to supply the relevant data directly to the OECD or to verify/validate the data assembled by the OECD.

Data collection

• Delay the publication to enable the inclusion of 2012 data on tax revenues.

Tax Rates
Purpose

• The OECD tax database provides a comprehensive set of comparative statistics to support tax policy makers, academics and other organisations doing research into tax policy, journalists and other commentators.

• The information covers data on:

- Tax revenue statistics

- Personal taxes

- Corporate and capital income taxes

- Taxes on consumption

Objectives and outputs

• The following represents a summary of the outputs containing comparative data for OECD countries that are included in the database:

- OECD Revenue statistics - a subset of the main comparative tables contained in this publication

- Personal income taxes

- Basic income tax rates and thresholds from 1981 onwards including information on maximum and minimum sub-central government rates; top marginal rates for a single individual

- Rates and provisions for social security contributions paid by employees, employers and the self-employed from 1981 onwards

- Various tables relating to the tax burden on wage income based on the Taxing Wages framework

- An analysis of non-tax compulsory payments which do not qualify as taxes in 2012.

- Corporate and capital income taxes - standard statutory corporate income tax rates from 1981 onwards; information on small business tax rates and other targeted provisions; corporate tax rates relating to sub-central governments including information on minimum and maximum rates; effective statutory tax rates on distributions of domestic source income to residential share-holders.

- Consumption taxes - rates of Value Added Tax (VAT) (from 1976 onwards) including information on reduced rates; registration thresholds for entities participating in the VAT regime plus rates and thresholds for excise taxes (from 23003 onwards) covering alcoholic beverages, tobacco and mineral oils.

Databases

• OECD Tax Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some re-designing of the website to make the presentation clearer.

Taxing Wages
Purpose

• This publication provides details of taxes paid on wages in OECD countries. It covers:

- Personal income taxes and social security contributions paid by employees

- Social security contributions and payroll taxes paid by employers

- Cash benefits received by in-work families

• The purpose is to illustrate how these taxes and benefits are calculated in each member country and to examine how they impact on household incomes. The results also enable quantitative cross-country comparisons of labour cost levels and the overall tax and benefit position of single persons and families on different levels of earnings.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual publication details shows amounts of taxes and social security contributions levied and cash benefits received for 8 different family types which vary by a combination of household composition and level of earnings. It also presents the resulting average and marginal tax rates (i.e. the tax burden);

- Average tax rates show that part of gross wage earnings or total labour costs which is taken in tax and social security contributions (both before and after cash benefits).

- Marginal tax rates show the part of a small increase in of gross earnings or total labour costs that is paid in these levies.

- The definition of an average worker is based on Sectors B-N in ISIC4 for the purposes of these calculations.

• The 2012 Report will contain:

- A review of the main comparative results for 2011 and 2012.

- A graphical exposition of the tax burden between 50% and 250% of average earnings

- Historical trends for 2000-2012

- Descriptions of tax/benefit systems for each country together with the associated tax burden results.

- A special feature titled 'Average personal income tax rate and tax wedge progression'.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• Taxing Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is planned to advance the early web-based publication of the latest results to March - about two months prior to the book publication becoming available.

Benefits and Wages
Purpose

• Monitor reforms of tax and benefits systems and their impact on work incentives and income adequacy. Results are used as the basis of the OECD's "Benefits and Wages" publication and as inputs into a wide range of studies produced within and outside the OECD. In addition, the group develops and maintains tax-benefit models. These computer models allow a wide range of tax and benefit indicators to be produced. Finally, the online "tax-benefit calculator" and tax-benefit models for 33 OECD and an additional 6 EU countries are available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives and are updated annually.

• The Benefits and Wages series addresses the complicated interactions of tax and benefit systems for different family types and labour market situations. The series is a valuable tool used to compare the different benefits made available to those without work and those with different levels of in-work income. The resulting indicators (such as 'net replacement rates') are useful for addressing issues of both work incentives and adequacy of household incomes.

 • Recent updates include calculations of incomes and work incentives net of childcare costs. Country coverage has been extended to include a 2011 model for Chile. Preliminary models have been developed for Russia.

• An interface for interactive web access to tax-benefit models ("tax-benefit calculator") is available on the web-page www.oecd.org/els/social/workincentives. Also available on this web page are country files and model output for 39 countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malta, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation

Databases

• Benefits and Wages

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• On-line publication of 2011 tax-benefit models, country files and an expanded range of work incentive and income adequacy indicators for 39 countries. Ad hoc update of policy summary tables. Development of 2012 models for 39 countries (plus adding Chile years prior to 2011 for Chile). Continue up-date of synthetic earnings distribution data, by gender, to latest post-crisis year available.

Data collection

• include Chile.


2.6 International trade and balance of payments (OECD)
Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database
 Purpose

• Provide Members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily available basic data that enables analysis on where aid goes, what purposes it serves and what policies it aims to implement. The DAC uses the data for consideration of specific policy issues and for monitoring donors' compliance with various international recommendations in the field of development co-operation. Outside the DAC, the data is mainly used to analyse the sectoral and geographical breakdown of aid for selected years and donors or groups of donors.

Objectives and outputs

• Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications. Continue work on converging DAC and CRS datasets. Improve reporting and timeliness at an activity level.

• Since 2008 (reporting on 2007 flows) the CRS includes the Trade capacity Building Database (TCBDB) operated previously by WTO.

Databases
 

• Creditor Reporting System (CRS) Aid Activity Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• No major changes.

 
Database on Country Programmable Aid and Forward Spending Survey (CPA-FSS database)
Purpose

• Provide members of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) and the international aid community a set of readily of available statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) flows. This new measure of aid comes much closer to capturing the flows received and recorded in country aid management systems than measures of total aid (ODA – official development assistance). CPA is estimated on the basis of the standard DAC statistics (DAC and CRS) and defined through exclusion, by subtracting from total gross ODA aid that is: unpredictable by nature (humanitarian aid and debt relief); entails no cross-border flows (administrative costs, imputed student costs, promotion of development awareness, and research and refugees in donor countries); does not form part of co-operation agreements between governments (food aid and aid from local governments); or is not country programmable by the donor (core funding of NGOs). The database provides reference data to DAC and other stakeholders for the analysis of fragmentation and planned forward spending of aid.

• The database is also used to store and analyse the data collected in the annual DAC Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans (FSS) for the annual DAC Report on Aid Predictability.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on country programmable aid (CPA) for all countries and territories on the DAC List of ODA Recipients.

• To provide reference data for the annual Report of the Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans and for the Reports on Division of Labour and Multilateral Aid.

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics on future aid flows based on the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Further strengthening the methodology to derive CPA.

• Improved coverage and comprehensiveness of data collected in the annual Survey on Indicative Forward Spending Plans.

Official and Private Resource Flows from DAC Members to Developing Countries
Purpose

• The Development Assistance Committee (DAC) database provides comprehensive data on the volume, origin and types of aid and other resource flows to over 150 aid recipients. The data shows each aid recipient's receipts of official development assistance (ODA), other official flows and private flows from members of the DAC, multilateral agencies and other non-DAC donors.

Objectives and outputs

• To provide timely and comprehensive statistics of official and private flows to all countries and territories on the DAC list of ODA recipients. Improve consistency, presentation and coverage to reflect current development co-operation priorities and classifications.

• Update reporting guidance to maintain comparable statistics and improve reporting and comparability of statistics on the tying status of aid.

• Support work on changing patterns of development finance and the increasing role of private flows.

Databases

• Database on official and private resource flows from DAC Members to developing countries

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Continue with converging DAC data collections (CRS and DAC); converged directives for approval; further work on improving access and dissemination of data; continue sharing of data with developing countries, and continuing help from Secretariat to members in improving statistical quality and timeliness.

• Continue work on non-ODA flows which examines types of development financing other than ODA (non-concessional official loans inc. export credits, private flows inc. remittances, guarantee schemes). This analysis will focus on both the volume and developmental relevance of these flows.

 

• DAC interest: DAC members afforded a high priority to this work during discussions of the PWB for 2011-2012, consequently (and based on the progress of work).

PARIS21 Partnership in Statistics for Development in the 21st Century
Purpose

• PARIS21 is a partnership of national, regional and international statisticians, policy makers, analysts, development professionals and other users and producers of statistics, including civil society. PARIS21's goal is to help build statistical capacities in developing countries.

Objectives and outputs

• PARIS21 activities focus on assisting all low-income and lower middle income countries in the design, implementation, and monitoring of National Strategies for the Development of Statistics (NSDS). PARIS21 carries out this work through (i) facilitating the co-ordination of stakeholders to better address an evolving agenda, (ii) advocating for increased involvement of national stakeholders in statistical development and enhancing the status of statistics in major international initiatives, (iii) promoting better-quality and effectively implemented NSDSs, and (iv) stimulating increased demand for and better use of data. Co-ordination activities include the annual Partner Report on Support to Statistics, which provides an inventory of global support to statistical development, and the creation of national (country-donor) partnerships to discuss statistical issues. Advocacy activities have included the production of national booklets promoting the importance of statistics in poverty reduction decision-making processes.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Ecuador, Egypt, Georgia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

• Throughout 2013, PARIS21 and its partners will update and enrich the NSDS guidelines to include best practices collected over the past several years. PARIS21 will also integrate the activities of the Busan Action Plan for Statistics into its regular work programme, which will include developing best practices in reconciling official statistical systems with the innovations of Big Data.

Balance of Payments

 

Purpose

 

To collect and publish timely, accurate and internationally comparable Balance of Payments statistics to meet OECD user needs and in support of identified data needs.

Objectives and outputs

To provide timely summary quarterly statistics on Balance of Payments. To improve the efficiency of data collection, timeliness, international comparability and quality of the published balance of payments data on the MEI database. To contribute as appropriate to the OECD Quarterly Trade Press Release. To contribute to methodological work on Balance of Payments. To improve information on remittance an income flows to meet user needs. Integrate Enhanced Engagement countries. Create new dataset according to new BPM6 in order to accommodate countries having already moved to the new standard.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

 

Balance of Payments

MEI_BOP

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be elaborated in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

Data collection:

Improve the efficiency and timeliness of data collection. Find new data for non member countries.

 

Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment
Purpose

To set standards on how foreign direct investment data should be compiled according to international standards. Internationally comparable data, based on these concepts, makes it possible to measure the degree of economic integration and competitiveness of markets.

Objectives and outputs

Following the Council recommendation of 2008:

to continue work on Research Agenda;

• to promote exchange of best practices and information between countries to facilitate implementation of BMD4 standards to improve FDI statistics;

• to establish a communication strategy for revised standards;

• to promote BMD4 recommendations for Enhanced Engagement countries

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Establishing a clear communications strategy for data users on revised FDI definitions and concepts;

Implementing an electronic version of the recommendations and practical examples, etc.

Providing regional and other assistance as appropriate to national compilers.

Implementing a new database.

Establishing new data transmission facilities using SDMX

 

Foreign Direct Investment Statistics and SDMX
Purpose

The purpose of this activity is to compile and disseminate regularly reliable and up-to-date Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) statistics which are essential for a meaningful interpretation of investment trends for the purpose of policy analysis and decision. FDI statistics provide a reliable and comprehensive source of information to OECD governments, potential investors and the public at large. They also provide the basis for periodical analyses of direct investment trends and of policies towards international direct investment in OECD and non-OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

FDI statistical series provide detailed information on FDI flows and stocks to and from OECD countries. The information is based on a standard presentation designed according to internationally agreed standards (joint OECD-EUROSTAT questionnaire). Comparative tables and charts by geographical and sectoral breakdowns for direct investment flows and stocks complement the information included for individual countries. Statistics are used regularly for trends analysis, to monitor foreign investment activities, country reviews, etc.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, World

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Creation of a new database

Implementation of SDMX

Pilot tests

 

Data collection:

 

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Foreign Direct Investment Trends: OECD Indicators
Purpose

A new publication providing at a glance type indicators accompanied by short description of trends and definitions as well as country profiles for 34 OECD countries.

Objectives and outputs

To provide an up to date analytical tool for informed policy making.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

Foreign Direct Investment

Main Developments for 2013

Data collection:

Data collection on the basis of the revised questionnaires and using the electronic questionnaire where countries are not applying GESMES.

Survey of Implementation of Methodological Standards for Direct Investment- 2nd edition (SIMSDI-2)
Purpose

The primary purpose of SIMSDI, in accordance with the OECD Council recommendation of 22 May 2008 (and of 1995), is to regularly review national practices applied by OECD and non-OECD countries to compile foreign direct investment (FDI) statistics and to provide an objective benchmarking tool to assess the extent of the implementation of international standards recommended by the OECD and the IMF. SIMSDI also provides comprehensive detailed metadata for the users of FDI statistics. SIMSDI is the assessment tool of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment.

Objectives and outputs

SIMSDI, based on a standard questionnaire, allows compiling comprehensive and detailed metadata individually for all OECD and a large number of non-OECD countries. Standard information allows bilateral comparisons and provides, to a large extent, the underlying differences that explain the cross-country discrepancies in FDI statistics. SIMSDI allows monitoring the methodological improvements over time of the countries included in the survey. SIMSDI also provides valuable information to OECD for the revision of international methodological standards, namely on the difficulties experienced by national compilers when implementing some of the recommendations or the relevance/irrelevance of some guidelines as economic factors may change over time. SIMSDI results are analysed in "Foreign Direct Investment Statistics: How countries measure FDI" (OECD and IMF countries) and in How South Eastern Countries Measure FDI Statistics".

The SIMSDI questionnaire was revised to incorporate the revisions of the Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 4th edition.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 Russian Federation

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Complete the creation and implementation of the SIMSDI database in a new IT environment. Incorporate data capturing features which can be accessed by reporting countries.

 

International Trade in Goods
Purpose

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries and ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data. To conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

Objectives and outputs

Collects and maintains two databases for analytical use: (a) monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories; and (b) detailed annual data of exports and imports by commodities and by partner countries using three classifications (SITC, HS, ISIC).

Full implementation of the OECD-UNSD data sharing agreement covering all OECD member countries. The OECD meeting of experts in international trade will continue to stimulate the exchange of views and research on methodological issues.

OECD continues to participate in and contribute to the Inter-Agency Merchandise Trade Task Force and manages, and moderates together with WTO, the EDG "Tradenet" on methodological and co-ordination issues affecting various national and international organisations.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, Chinese Taipei, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

International trade by Commodity Statistics

Monthly Statistics of International Trade

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

HS 2012 and SITC rev.4 will be implemented in COPRA and OECD.STAT in cooperation with UNSD.

OECD will participate to the TF which is setting up the merchandise trade DSD for SDMX.

In the context of the 2013-2014 biennium project of implementation of Unit value Indexes to the annual trade database, research will be continued on an outlier detection method that can fit with the data provided with the different members of the OECD

Data collection:

Concurrent use of the ITCS OECD-UNSD common data collection and processing system and the OECD trade ITCS in OECD.Stat. Full addition of ISIC classification.

International Trade in Services
Purpose

To provide detailed, relevant and internationally comparable data for trade policy and economic analysis. The information needs of international trade negotiations including the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the observed increase in internationalisation of services production are driving new developments.

Objectives and outputs

An annual joint effort publication with Eurostat and database: "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed tables by category of service". This covers the 34 member countries. Data are based on the concepts of the IMF's 5th Balance of Payments Manual (except for Australia that already moved to BPM6) and are broken down according to the detailed EBOPS Classification of Trade in Services with the exception of Australia which has started compiling information according to BPM6. The publication "OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services - Detailed Tables by Partner Country" provides bilateral service trade flows for 33 member countries, Hong Kong SAR and Russian Federation.

Coordinate the work of the Interagency Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services. Contribute to the Trade in services compilation Guide. Contribute to organisation of the WP on trade in goods and trade in services statistics.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

Databases

International trade in services by category of service (TIS)

OECD Statistics on International Trade in Services by Service Category and by Partner Country

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

The SDMX coding for BOP in BPM6 including the extended Balance of Payments in Services classification will be finalised in coordination with OECD/DAF and other International Organisations.

 

Facilitate to the extent possible links between the classifications EBOPS and ISIC.

 

Continue Implementing EBOPS 2010 in Statworks and upload countries that have adopted the new standards.

 

Improve the timeliness, with rolling updates, and detail of published data. Monitor progress in the implementation of MSITS recommendations.

 

Contribute to OECD analytical work and in particular work closely with TAD and STI on data needs for the Services Trade Restrictiveness Index. Improve estimates of world trade flows of services.

 

Cooperate with Eurostat to collect and make available as far as possible partner country data on remittances.

 

Develop cooperation with UNSD and other agencies on data sharing in trade in services.

Update merged Trade in Services by category and by partner country in order which saves resources to be allocated to the development of databases and metadata related to the new standards.

 

Cooperate with WTO to elaborate the annual World Matrix of bilateral services flows.

 

Data collection:

Pursue rolling update of trade in services by partner country data as data become available. Countries that are sent an excel questionnaire will be asked to fill it in. A second best would now be for them to provide us with their data in an SDMX format.

 

Monthly International Trade

 

Purpose

 

To produce consistent and timely international trade data for OECD member countries, ensure methodological soundness and comparability of international trade data, conduct research to improve the quality of the concepts underlying international trade data and play an active role in the development of international standards.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

Collect data and maintain database for analytical use: monthly data of exports and imports at current prices by partner countries and main categories of commodities, and volume and average value indices for selected countries and main categories. Continuous and close co-operation with key users at OECD. Updating cycles optimised to respond to needs of trade press release. Online availability of OECD’s detailed international trade data. OECD continues to actively participate and contribute to the International Trade Task Force (Inter-Agency TF)

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Slovenia Former

 

Databases

 

Monthly Statistics of International Trade (MSIT)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

No major changes.

 

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index

 

Purpose

 

The STRI database will be a unique resource providing internationally comparable current information on regulatory policies affecting trade in services.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

The main achievements for 2012 are:

 

• first indicators for the pilot sectors finalised

 

data collection for the new sectors has started

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

Albania, Brazil, China, Croatia, India, Indonesia, Macedonia, Moldova, Republic of Serbia, Russian Federation, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 

Databases

 

Not yet available.

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

The regulatory database for the pilot sectors has been finalised during the first half of 2012. A first version of the interface developed by the OECD for dissemination of qualitative information is under development. The coverage of the new sectors has already started.

 

Data collection:

New sectors will be included and double the number of sectors covered. 


2.7 Prices (OECD)
 
Price Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a set of relevant, reliable, timely, monthly and quarterly price indices (CPI and Producer Price Indices) for internal and external users. To provide methodological information on these price indices.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The 'Price Indices' dataset in the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database contains statistics on Consumer prices, Producer prices and Construction costs for 34 OECD member, Russian Federation and 5 B(R)IICS countries. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases much effort has gone into ensuring international comparability and into the availability of historical time-series for analysis.

 

• Revision of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services.

 

Databases

 

• MEI

 

• MEI_PRICE

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• finalisation of the Methodological guide for developing producer price indices for services with a view to finalising work in 2012.

 

• continue to improve the dissemination of price indices

 

Data management:

 

• Harmonisation of metadata across countries and introduction of new inflation measures.

 

Purchasing Power Parities

 

Purpose

 

• Produce reliable and timely Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs) data for OECD member countries. PPPs are an important tool to compare levels of real income or real output across countries with indicators such as GDP per capita and relative price levels between countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Publication of the revised version of the Eurostat OECD PPP Manual December 2012.

 

• Calculate preliminary 2011 PPP detailed benchmark results - December 2012.

 

• Organisation of the data collection for the 2014 round which started in 2012 and covers 47 countries (30 OECD countries and 17 non-member countries).

 

• Work closely with Eurostat to further harmonise the methodology employed.

 

• Provide technical input into the 2011 round of the ICP currently being organised by the World Bank.

 

• Work closely with ELS on developing a new methodology for health specific PPPs.

 

Databases

 

• ANA

 

• Purchasing Power Parities

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Finalise the methodology to calculate specific PPPs for health for all countries participating in the Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison. Implementation december 2013

 

• Calculation of the final detailed PPP results of the 2011 Round to be used as the input for the worldwide ICP Results - December 2013.


2.9 Science and technology (OECD)
 
Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development

 

Purpose

 

• To provide a consistent and comparable data set across countries and over time on industrial R&D expenditures broken down by industry.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The ANBERD (Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development) database is continually revised to enhance the international comparability of time series on business enterprise R&D expenditure (BERD) by industry.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• ANBERD industries are presented in ISIC revision 3. A new edition in ISIC rev. 4 will be released in 2013.

 

Biotechnology

 

Purpose

 

• To establish international standards for the collection of biotechnology data across OECD member countries.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Under the auspices of the National Experts of Science and Technology Indicators (NESTI) group, six Ad hoc Biotechnology Statistics meetings have been held to date. These meetings have achieved: an internationally agreed upon definition of biotechnology, a model survey for the collection of biotechnology data in member countries, and an inventory of biotechnology data collected in member and selected non-member countries.

 

• OECD Biotechnology Statistics was released in 2009.

 

• Key Biotechnology Statistics is updated annually and published online.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa, Thailand

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Additional countries.

 

Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Purpose

 

• To publish biannually the most commonly used indicators on science and technology on an internationally comparable basis. The database and publication are regularly updated with 76 (paper publication) to 140 (electronic publication) data series presenting resources devoted to R&D and measures of output and the impact of S&T activities.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• This biannual publication provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD member countries and 7 non-member economies in the field of science and technology. These data include final and provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. The indicators cover the resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Series are presented for a reference year and the last six years for which data are available (paper publication) and beginning 1981 (electronic editions).

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Main Science and Technology Indicators

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

Indicators on high-technology sectors will switch from being reported on an ISIC Rev. 3 to an ISIC Rev. 4 basis.

 

Patent Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To develop an international statistical infrastructure for patents (including databases and methodologies), which will provide the conditions for improving the quality and international comparability of patent indicators. Development of policy-relevant indicators from this work. Serves as a basis for policy relevant studies carried out within and outside OECD.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The main objective is to develop patent databases suitable for calculating indicators for statistical and S&T/Entrepreneurship policy purposes, covering patent filings to national and regional patent offices across the world.

 

• Currently, the following patent statistics are collected and processed on a regular basis: indicators based on EPO (European Patent Office) patent; indicators based on USPTO (US Patent and Trademark Office) patents; indicators based on patent applications filed under the PCT (Patent Co-operation Treaty) and "triadic" patent families indicators. EPO and PCT data are also broken at the lowest regional level (NUTS3/TL3) for all OECD countries and selected economies.

 

• Patent statistics are published in various publications: Main Science and Technology Indicators; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Scoreboard; OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook and in the Statistical compendium of the Innovation Strategy

 

• "Measuring innovation: a new perspective".

 

• The focus of the methodological work is to provide guidelines for compiling patent statistics and indicators, and to provide users with methodological information in a transparent manner. The following issues have been investigated: criteria for counting patent data; triadic patent families' definition; patent data for specific technology area; patent data by industry, patents by region and patent citations. The OECD Patent Statistics Manual 2009 provides further guidelines for analysing and building patent statistics in the framework of S&T indicators.

 

• A matching exercise has been performed at the micro-data level, linking the patent data to the firm level databases (e.g. ORBIS database of Bureau van Dijk) using the patent applicant name. A database on harmonised patent applicant's names (HAN) is made available to researchers. It is currently being used to build new indicators at the firm level.

 

• Similar work is also conducted for other intellectual property assets such as Trademarks.

 

• Regular conferences on IP-related statistics are jointly organised by OECD, EPO, Eurostat, JPO, KIPO, NSF, USPTO and WIPO.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Asia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Europe, G20, Georgia, Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Macedonia, Malaysia, Malta, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Other, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Republic of Montenegro, Republic of Serbia, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Serbia and Montenegro, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, World

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Updating the existing patent database; extending the data coverage (i.e. to include information from more national patent office’s); development of further patent indicators (e.g. patent quality and radicalness); development of citations indicators, development of further analytical applications of patent data, patents by industry.

 

• Increased use by other directorates (e.g. ECO, ENV, GOV, STD) expected in 2013.

 

• Further work to develop Trademark data are also expected.

 

• Another matching exercise is experimented to link patent data (with the citations of non-patent literature) to scientific publication data (using Elsevier's SCOPUS database).

 

Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To provide internal and external users with statistics on R&D expenditures and personnel and to ensure, through appropriate methodological work, the international comparability of corresponding national statistics.

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• Management and/or development of internationally comparable statistics on resources devoted to R&D in member countries and in seven non-member economies based on the OECD international methodology for R&D survey, the "Frascati Manual". Diffusion of S&T statistics and corresponding metadata via the annual “R&D Statistics” and the biannual “Main S&T Indicators” publications and the on-line "R&D Sources and Methods database". The country coverage of OECD S&T databases and publications is being expanded to include comparable S&T indicators and statistics for non-member economies such as Argentina, China, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa

 

Databases

 

• Research and Development Statistics (RDS)

 

Main Developments for 2013

 

General aspects:

 

• Plan to publish some more ISIC Rev. 4 figures, depending on the availability of data at the national level.

 

Sources and Methods for Research and Development (R&D) Statistics

 

Purpose

 

• To meet demand for country-specific and item-specific methodology, this database relates principally to R&D as reported by the units performing the R&D in line with the standard methodology for R&D statistics recommended by OECD in the Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development - Frascati Manual (OECD).

 

Objectives and outputs

 

• The database provides detail on methods used in the member countries and seven non-member economies when compiling the R&D data reported to OECD in the framework of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries, underlining both current and historical national specificities of the data stored in the OECD STI/EAS R&D database. The sources and methods are regularly updated as part of the International Survey of the Resources devoted to R&D by OECD countries. The Secretariat has made this database available on line either through the NESTI-NET: http://webdomino1.oecd.org/COMNET/STI/NESTI-NET.nsf/Welcome?openframeset, or via http://webnet.oecd.org/rd_gbaord_metadata/default.aspx where delegates and the public are able to consult.

 

• Selected metadata are regularly published in "Research and Development Statistics" (annual electronic publication) as well as in "Main Science and Technology Indicators" (paper and electronic publication appearing twice yearly). This information was also used as input to the revision of the "Frascati Manual", the international standard methodology for the measurement of resources devoted to R&D.

 

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

 

• Argentina, China, Chinese Taipei, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa.



5. Strategic and managerial issues of official statistics (OECD)
2.1 Macroeconomic statistics (OECD)
Business Tendency and Consumer Opinion Surveys
Purpose

• To collect and disseminate business tendency and consumer opinion survey data for OECD member countries and selected non-member economies. To promote wider use of business tendency and consumer opinion surveys in OECD member countries and selected non-member economies.

• To develop international statistical standards and to encourage scientific research in this field of statistics.

Objectives and outputs

This activity involves the ongoing collection and publication of an extensive range of business tendency and consumer opinion survey data and related metadata from OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

The survey data are updated and published monthly. Data collection is co-ordinated with the European Commission, with the OECD taking primary responsibility for data collection from national sources only for non-EU OECD member countries and the BRIICS.

• During the year 2010 the OECD evaluated the possibility to renew its existing international guidelines and recommendations. In co-operation with UNSD, the European Commission and CIRET it surveyed current availability of tendency surveys internationally and the level of harmonization and adherence to existing guidelines. In 2013 the OECD will participate in an international review aiming at producing a handbook on Business Tendency and Consumer Confidence Surveys building in large part on existing OECD and EC handbooks.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

MEI_BTS_COS

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• The review of the code re-structuring continues (started in 2012), aiming at a more streamlined production database.

• OECD will provide the chapter on questionnaire design for the new/revised BTS and CS handbook, and act as a reviewer for other chapters.

Main economic indicators
Purpose

• The OECD's Main Economic Indicator (MEI) database provides a wide range of short-term economic indicators (and associated methodological information) for OECD member and non-countries to meet the on-going requirements of a number of internal OECD users.

 Objectives and outputs

 Maintaining the Main Economic Indicators (MEI) database, which contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member and Key Partner on a wide variety of economic indicators for use by economic analysts, policy makers and business.

 Indicators in the MEI database include: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.

 There is an on-going process of review to revise the contents of the database in order to maximise the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. Enlarging coverage also entails working with other international organisations such as IMF, ILO, ECB and Eurostat in the development of effective international standards for the presentation of statistical methodological information (metadata), and increasing the coverage and quality of statistical metadata, whilst at the same time minimising the reporting burden of member countries.

 Non-member countries involved in the activity

 Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Slovenia Former, South Africa

 Databases

 Main Economic Indicators (MEI)

 Main Developments for 2013

 General aspects

 Subject areas are now responsible individually.

 Data collection

 On-going processes to improve the efficiency and timeliness of data capture processes.

 There will also be expanded use of data from Eurostat's NewCronos database and the IMF's IFS. Greater efforts will also be made to implement data and metadata exchange standards developed under the SDMX initiative.

 Real-time and Revisions Database
Purpose

To make freely available on the OECD website a "real-time" database with associated revisions analysis of key short-term economic statistics derived from historically published monthly snapshots of the OECD Main Economic Indicators database.

Objectives and outputs

The concept of a real time database is to provide an information set of short-term economic statistics that would have been available to analysts at a specific point in time for the purpose of testing the likely effectiveness of econometric models in real-time. It also provides the opportunity to perform revisions analysis - i.e. to study the magnitude and direction of subsequent revisions to published statistics. A database containing MEI vintage from 1999 was developed and published on the OECD website in 2006.

The portal also provides a broader context on the issue of revisions. This primarily take the form of the revisions framework (outlining the reasons for data revision) formulated by the IMF and of the recommendations published in the OECD "Data and Metadata Reporting and Presentation Handbook".

Updated revisions analysis of GDP and a comparison of revisions between seasonally adjusted and raw series were performed in 2007 and presented at the STESWP and National Accounts working parties, and also at a number of international conferences where the database was also promoted.

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

No major changes.

STAN Database for Industrial Analysis
Purpose

To provide a comprehensive database tool for cross-country analyses of industrial performance (competitiveness, productivity etc.) and structural change at a relatively detailed level of activity.

Objectives and outputs

The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases.

Non-member countries involved in the activity:

Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

STAN Database for industrial Analysis

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects:

Continued development and update of the latest version of STAN based on ISIC Rev. 4. with statistics to 2011. Inclusion of non-Member countries, where possible. Completion and validation of national classification to ISIC Rev. 4 conversion keys for non-EU countries Cooperation with World KLEMS project. Comprehensive STAN documentation in form of STI Working Paper. Development and dissemination of indicators by industrial activity based on STAN.


2.2 Economic accounts (OECD)
 
Annual National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data to internal and external users for analytical purposes.

• To provide a forum of international exchange on national accounts standards, in order to improve the relevance of SNA 93 and enhance international comparability.

Objectives and outputs

• The annual national accounts database (SNA) presents a consistent set of data mainly compiled on the basis of the 1993 System of National Accounts. It contains data from 1970 whenever possible for OECD member countries.

• Main series of the SNA database are presented using an "indicator" approach in the publication National accounts at a Glance, focusing on cross-country comparisons. In this publication each indicator is associated to a text which explains in general terms of what is measured and why.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil

Databases

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Economics Department Analytical Data Base (ADB)
Purpose

• Management, co-ordination and provision of statistical data sets in support of Economics Department work described under Theme 1 (Economic Growth, Stability and Structural Adjustment). Primarily as input to the Economic Outlook assessment process, ensure timely and consistent updating of the body of largely macroeconomic statistics and calculation of subsidiary concepts necessary for corresponding analytical activities. Checking methodological soundness and consistency of data definitions against the analytical needs of the Department and in particular Country Desks. Development and maintenance of related programmes, definitions and procedures and associated metadata systems in support of analytical users.

Objectives and outputs

• Maintains relevant Analytical Data Bank in support of relevant needs of ECO's macro analytical work, notably with respect to the data needs of the OECD Economic Outlook. In conjunction with STD and other statistical groups, co-ordinates, manages and extracts the relevant annual and quarterly data sets from available sources within the OECD (mostly STD), National Administrations and related publications. The primary database covers a range of statistical concepts relevant, in particular, to the assessment of the world's economic situation and developments in member country economies. These include a wide range of national accounts, wage, price and labour force, fiscal and financial accounts, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments concepts reported on a variety of frequencies. Basic definitions and requirements are those of the economists in the Policy and Country Studies branches. The relevant statistics are used routinely in the analysis incorporated in documents for the Economic Policy and Economic Development Review Committees and are reported as supporting material in the corresponding OECD publications - the twice yearly OECD Economic Outlook and the OECD Country Survey series. The Economic Outlook data set is also disseminated as an OECD data product.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Economics Department Analytical Database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New indicators to help monitoring analysis will be introduced. Main technical changes in the past and coming year relate to the continuing migration to the ADB to ECO's time series data management system, incorporating direct links to in-house source data bases and the MetaStore system, the integration of Economic Outlook publications data base within the OECD.Stat system and the incorporation of relevant production metadata within MetaStore for internal and external use. Migration to a new support (PROGNOZ).

Data management

• Development of metadata link based HELP system within data management system, revisions to control and access rights for users outside of ECO.

General Government National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide, on an internationally comparable basis, a timely update of annual national accounts data for the sector of general government and sub-sectors to internal and external users. This covers detailed revenues and detailed expenditures by function of general government and subsectors.

Objectives and outputs

• The project on general government national accounts began in September 2003. There are three objectives of the project: (1) improve the transmission to and dissemination by the OECD of timely and detailed data on general government; (2) enhance the comparability of the major aggregate results for general government such as general government deficit/surplus and/or general government debt.

• Data are made available to member country government agencies on OLISnet thanks to OECD.Stat and to the public through dissemination in OECD.Stat and tables freely available on Internet.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Russian Federation, Slovenia Former

Databases

• ANA - SNA

• Annual National Accounts (ANA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Extension the collection of data for EE countries, in particular for Brazil, India

Household Assets and Liabilities (annual and quarterly)
Purpose

• This data collection aims at better knowing the households’ behavior vis-à-vis risks and enables studies on the distribution of households' wealth. It refers to the SNA sector S14 – Households.

• An additional questionnaire is sent yearly to OECD countries in parallel with the OECD/Eurostat joint questionnaire on Financial Accounts.

Objectives and outputs

• The database has been updated up to 2011 for all OECD countries.

• A better coverage of financial and non-financial assets and on detailed liabilities currently transmitted by OECD countries has been achieved.

• Quarterly data received from most OECD countries have been added to the database and stored in the QASA browser for the first time in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Household Assets and Liabilities

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• It is expected to continue to improve the level of details (assets and liabilities) of the database and to extend the geographical coverage to non-member countries (Russia, Key Partner countries).

• If resources permit, quarterly data will continue to be processed and, if so, they will be used to calculate financial indicators.

Data collection

• Improvement in the level of details

OECD Financial Dashboard
Purpose

• The recent financial and economic crises have underlined the importance of monitoring financial activity and position of the various institutional sectors of national economies.

• The OECD Financial Dashboard has been created to respond to users' questions and needs for relevant indicators based on timely, frequent and comparable financial statistics.

Objectives and outputs

• The financial indicators are constructed from financial accounts and from financial balance sheets to analyse the behaviour and performance of the various institutional sectors and to carry out cross-country comparisons.

• Eleven financial indicators derived from financial balance sheets, national accounts and the institutional investors' assets datasets have been added to the Dashboard in 2012.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, South Africa

Databases

• OECD Financial Dashboard

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• New financial indicators for the Households' sector will be added to the Financial Dashboard in 2013.

Data collection

• Collection of 2012 financial accounts and financial balance sheets data which enable the calculation of financial indicators for the year 2012.

Quarterly National Accounts
Purpose

• To provide a real time update of member and non-member countries' sets of quarterly national accounts to internal users, mainly the OECD Economics Department. Quarterly national accounts constitute a significant input into the OECD's macro-economic modelling and forecasting work.

• To provide external users a selection of key long time series from countries' quarterly national accounts, some area totals and a consistent and internationally comparable set of data for analytical purposes.

Objectives and outputs

• The OECD Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) database presents data collected from countries on the basis of a standardised OECD/Eurostat questionnaire based on the international system of national accounts (SNA 1993, SNA 2008). It contains, as from 1960 whenever possible (and even before for a few countries), a wide selection of the accounts produced by the 34 member countries and Key Partners.

• Work is concentrated on producing relevant, reliable, consistent, comparable and timely quarterly national accounts data.

• The QNA publications contain a selection of the accounts most widely used for economic analysis: GDP - expenditure and output approaches (current prices and volume estimates), GDP income approach (current prices), Saving and net lending (current prices), Gross fixed capital formation (current prices and volume estimates) broken down separately by type of asset and by institutional sector, Disposable income and Real disposable income components, Population and Employment, Compensation of employees by industry, Employment by industry, Household final consumption expenditure (current prices and volume estimates) by durability and by purpose.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

• Quarterly National Accounts (QNA)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue to extend the coverage of the database by the inclusion of new accounts/series provided by countries.

• Expand the geographical coverage of the QNA database by including more updated data from Key Partner countries and remaining G20 countries (Argentina and Saudi Arabia).

Quarterly Public Sector Debt
Purpose

• The Public Sector Debt Statistics Database was launched in December 2010 and was initially focused on developing and emerging economies, and is now being expanded to the advanced economies. The launch of the database is one of the recommendations in the G-20 Data Gaps Initiative (Recommendation 18). This Initiative has been endorsed by G-20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and also by the IMF’s International Monetary and Financial Committee.

• The request covers total general government and public sector debt, broken down by details on instruments, maturity, the residence of creditor, and currency. While data are generally recorded at nominal value, there is a supplementary item for data on debt securities to be shown at market value. Data are to be provided for the various institutional levels, specifically central government, general government, and, if possible, the public sector, where available.

Objectives and outputs

• Collect detailed and comparable quarterly data on the General Government Debt, the Central Government Debt and more broadly the Public Sector Debt for all OECD countries.

• Since January 2013, 33 OECD countries have provided detailed data on General and Central government debt. Russia participates in this initiative as well.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa.

Databases

• Quarterly Public Sector Debt (7PSD)

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• All OECD countries except Chile provide the OECD/WB/IMF with quarterly data on Public Sector Debt.

• Eurostat participates in this initiative for some EU countries by prefilling the PSD questionnaire with Maastricht debt data.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 has identified Sector accounts (annual and quarterly) as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• The collection of data relating to Quarterly financial accounts and quarterly financial balance sheets, launched in 2011, and stored in the new QASA browser, will continue in cooperation with ECB (for EU countries).

• The aim is to better cover all OECD countries, including EU countries, and, when data are available, also key partner countries.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, South Africa

Databases

Quarterly Financial Accounts and Financial Balance Sheets

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Some improvement are expected regarding non-EU countries. For EU countries data, which are transmitted by the ECB once validated, it is hoped that pending problems will be rapidly solved.

Data collection

• It is expected to improve the coverage of this database (countries, sectors and instruments) and to solve issues relating to the ECB cooperation.

Quarterly Sector Accounts (Non-Financial part)
Purpose

• To provide non-financial quarterly sector accounts data of member and non-member G20 countries for internal and external users.

• The G20 Recommendation 15 identified Sector accounts as essential statistics to monitor economies.

• The OECD is responsible for collecting and disseminating detailed quarterly sectoral accounts for OECD member countries and other non-member G20 countries.

Objectives and outputs

• Continue to collect non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) data for EU countries in close collaboration with Eurostat; Collect non-EU QSA data through standard questionnaires.

• Release publishable QSA data in OECD.stat and feed the IMF PGI- website with the G20 QSA data.

• Non-member countries involved in the activity:

• Argentina, Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa

Databases

• Non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Continue collecting data from non-EU countries which have not yet transmitted data to the OECD through the standard questionnaire.

• Extend the release of QSA data on OECD.Stat with new publishable data.

• Continue to feed the IMF PGI-website with G20 QSA data.

STAN Input-Output database
Purpose

• To provide a comprehensive database for cross country analyses of industrial structures, the interrelationships between consumers and producers, and the interactions between countries (e.g. as regards outsourcing and trade flows).

• The current OECD input-output database is based on detailed national accounts estimates of economic activity and interrelationships within economies. The database is based on an ISIC Rev.3 and is consistent with the latest system of national accounts (SNA93). Data for 33 OECD countries and 11 non-member countries are currently available, with latest data for many countries referring to 2005 with tables also available for most countries for 2000 or nearest year and for the mid-1990s.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Chinese Taipei, Cyprus, India, Indonesia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Malta, Other, Romania, Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovenia Former, South Africa, Thailand

Databases

• STAN Input-Output database

Main Developments for 2013

General aspects

• Expand the country coverage (e.g. non-OECD EU countries).

• Use latest Supply-Use tables (SUTs) to produce harmonised I-O tables for 2008-09. especially for EU countries.

• Continue to develop and improve the Inter-Country I-O (ICIO) model which combines the I-O tables, Supply-Use tables and bilateral trade by industry data to produce the key underlying source for production of Trade in Value Added (TiVA) indicators.


2.3 Business statistics (OECD)
 
Business Statistics and Entrepreneurship
Purpose

• To provide official annual data for detailed industrial and service sectors (at the 4 digit ISIC level), consistent and relevant for international comparison in order to meet policy makers' and analysts' needs for structural business statistics for detailed economic sectors. Three databases are currently maintained.

• To develop a program of internationally-comparable indicators of entrepreneurship, its determinants and its impacts, to inform policy-analysis and policy-making. This activity is called Entrepreneurship Indicators Program (EIP).

Objectives and outputs

• The databases on structural business statistics (SSIS) and (BSC), updated through a joint questionnaire with UNIDO, contain annual data on core economic variables, relating to both industry and services, at a very detailed level of ISIC revision 3 (up to the 4th digit level). They cover such variables as production, value added, investment, number of enterprises, employment, wages and salaries, and hours worked. Statistics are derived mainly from structural business surveys, censuses and administrative sources.

• The BSC database contains this information broken down by enterprise size class.

• Business Demography statistics include indicators of birth, death and survival rates and high growth firms - all based on the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics published in 2007.

• The publication Entrepreneurship at a Glance, published annually, presents the original collection of business demography indicators and structural statistics on businesses by size class.

Non-member countries involved in the activity

• Brazil, Bulga